grepcent / static financial knowledge base

LEGALZOOM.COM, INC. (LZ)

CIK: 0001286139. SIC: 7374 Services-Computer Processing & Data Preparation. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-02-23.

SIC breadcrumb: Services > Business Services > SIC 7374 Services-Computer Processing & Data Preparation

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=1286139. Latest filing source: 0001286139-26-000012.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Business

Read LZ's verbatim Item 1 Business section from its latest 10-K: Business.

Risk Factors

Read LZ's verbatim Item 1A Risk Factors from its latest 10-K: Risk Factors.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue756,043,000USD20252026-02-23
Net income15,427,000USD20252026-02-23
Assets511,522,000USD20252026-02-23

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-23. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001286139.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Download these verified figures (annual + quarterly, with per-value filing provenance): JSON · CSV

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric20182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue408,380,000470,636,000575,080,000619,979,000660,727,000681,881,000756,043,000
Net income7,443,0009,896,000-108,664,000-48,733,00013,953,00029,963,00015,427,000
Operating income46,265,00048,934,000-85,076,000-41,739,00021,059,00035,581,00024,976,000
Gross profit271,465,000316,073,000385,716,000408,884,000421,464,000441,788,000498,083,000
Diluted EPS0.040.06-0.67-0.250.070.160.08
Operating cash flow52,695,00093,049,00054,152,00073,837,000124,308,000135,639,000178,197,000
Capital expenditures18,349,00010,587,00011,740,00022,098,00031,593,00035,696,00030,277,000
Share buybacks1,535,0004,805,0000.0095,126,00054,873,000165,014,00080,532,000
Assets252,064,000431,015,000405,395,000447,818,000373,883,000511,522,000
Liabilities731,790,000233,464,000263,020,000278,984,000280,626,000339,640,000
Stockholders' equity-556,535,000-556,991,000-550,632,000197,551,000142,375,000168,834,00093,257,000171,882,000
Cash and cash equivalents49,180,000114,470,000239,297,000189,082,000225,719,000142,064,000203,100,000
Free cash flow34,346,00082,462,00042,412,00051,739,00092,715,00099,943,000147,920,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric20182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin1.82%2.10%-18.90%-7.86%2.11%4.39%2.04%
Operating margin11.33%10.40%-14.79%-6.73%3.19%5.22%3.30%
Return on equity-55.01%-34.23%8.26%32.13%8.98%
Return on assets3.93%-25.21%-12.02%3.12%8.01%3.02%
Liabilities / equity1.181.851.653.011.98
Current ratio0.671.160.971.040.720.76

Industry Peer Context

Each number-line places LZ against the min, median, and max of latest reported values among companies in the same SIC industry when at least three peers report that ratio.

Net margin peer context

LZ Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 7374; peer count 29.LZ Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 7374; peer count 29.29 SIC peersMin -109.6%Median 5.8%Max 30.9%LZ 2.0%

Operating margin peer context

LZ Operating margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 7374; peer count 28.LZ Operating margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 7374; peer count 28.28 SIC peersMin -11.7%Median 7.7%Max 43.7%LZ 3.3%

ROE peer context

LZ ROE versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 7374; peer count 27.LZ ROE versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 7374; peer count 27.27 SIC peersMin -46.4%Median 14.1%Max 293.9%LZ 9.0%

ROA peer context

LZ ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 7374; peer count 30.LZ ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 7374; peer count 30.30 SIC peersMin -38.8%Median 5.0%Max 24.1%LZ 3.0%

Financial Bridges

Waterfall figures reconcile reported SEC companyfacts components. Missing bridges are omitted when required components are not present for the same fiscal year.

Income statement bridge from reported figures

LZ FY2025 income statement bridge from reported figures.LZ FY2025 income statement bridge from reported figures.LZ income bridgeFY2025: revenue to net incomeSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Income statement bridgeReported amount$0.0B$500.0M$1.0B$756.0MRevenue-$258.0MCost$498.1MGross-$473.1MOpEx$25.0MOperating-$9.5MOther/tax$15.4MNet income

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2025. Revenue: accession 0001286139-26-000012; concept RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax; source concepts us-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax | Gross profit: accession 0001286139-26-000012; concept GrossProfit; source concepts us-gaap:GrossProfit | Operating income: accession 0001286139-26-000012; concept OperatingIncomeLoss; source concepts us-gaap:OperatingIncomeLoss | Net income: accession 0001286139-26-000012; concept NetIncomeLoss; source concepts us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss

Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures

LZ FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.LZ FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.LZ free cash flow bridgeFY2025: operating cash flow less capital expendituresSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Free cash flow bridgeReported amount$0.0B$125.0M$250.0M$178.2MOperating cash flow-$30.3MCapex$147.9MFree cash flow

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2025. Operating cash flow: accession 0001286139-26-000012; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities | Capital expenditures: accession 0001286139-26-000012; concept PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment | Free cash flow: accession 0001286139-26-000012; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment

Financial Charts

LZ revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ RevenueLatest point: FY2025 = $756.0MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearReported revenue$0.0B$500.0M$1.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001286139-26-000012; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax. Source concepts: us-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax.

LZ net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ Net incomeLatest point: FY2025 = $15.4MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearNet income-$250.0M$0.0B$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001286139-26-000012; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

LZ operating income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ operating income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ Operating incomeLatest point: FY2025 = $25.0MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearOperating income-$250.0M$0.0B$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001286139-26-000012; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: OperatingIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:OperatingIncomeLoss.

LZ gross profit, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ gross profit, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ Gross profitLatest point: FY2025 = $498.1MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearGross profit$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001286139-26-000012; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: GrossProfit. Source concepts: us-gaap:GrossProfit.

LZ diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ Diluted EPSLatest point: FY2025 = $0.08/shareSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearDiluted EPS (USD/share)-$1.00/share$0.00/share$0.50/shareFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001286139-26-000012; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

LZ operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ Operating cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = $178.2MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearOperating cash flow$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001286139-26-000012; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities.

LZ capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ Capital expendituresLatest point: FY2025 = $30.3MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearCapital expenditures$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001286139-26-000012; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

LZ share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ Share buybacksLatest point: FY2025 = $80.5MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearShare buybacks$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001286139-26-000012; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock.

LZ assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ AssetsLatest point: FY2025 = $511.5MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearAssets$0.0B$375.0M$750.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001286139-26-000012; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: Assets. Source concepts: us-gaap:Assets.

LZ liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ LiabilitiesLatest point: FY2025 = $339.6MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearLiabilities$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001286139-26-000012; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: Liabilities. Source concepts: us-gaap:Liabilities.

LZ stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ Stockholders' equityLatest point: FY2025 = $171.9MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearStockholders' equity$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001286139-26-000012; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: StockholdersEquity. Source concepts: us-gaap:StockholdersEquity.

LZ cash and cash equivalents, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ cash and cash equivalents, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ Cash and cash equivalentsLatest point: FY2025 = $203.1MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearCash and cash equivalents$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001286139-26-000012; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue. Source concepts: us-gaap:CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue.

LZ free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.LZ Free cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = $147.9MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearFree cash flow$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001286139-26-000012; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-06. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001286139.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2022-Q22022-06-30-0.07reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-09-30-0.05reported discrete quarter
2023-Q12023-03-31-0.01reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-03-31-2,358,000reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-06-30168,854,0000.01reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-06-301,395,000reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-09-30167,274,0000.04reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-12-31158,663,0007,382,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12024-03-31174,214,0004,744,0000.02reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-03-314,744,000reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-06-30177,362,0000.01reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-06-301,314,000reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-09-30168,599,0000.06reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-12-31161,706,00012,854,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12025-03-31183,110,0005,127,0000.03reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-03-315,127,000reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-06-30192,509,0000.00reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-06-30-266,000reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-09-30190,158,0000.02reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-12-31190,266,0006,057,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-03-31206,781,0001,104,0000.01reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

LZ quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.LZ quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.LZ Quarterly RevenueLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $206.8MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Revenue$0.0B$125.0M$250.0M2023-Q22023-Q32023-Q42024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001286139-26-000022; filed 2026-05-06. Concept: RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax. Source concepts: us-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax.

LZ quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.LZ quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.LZ Quarterly Net incomeLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $1.1MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Net income-$250.0M$0.0B$250.0M2023-Q22023-Q32023-Q42024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001286139-26-000022; filed 2026-05-06. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

LZ quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.LZ quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.LZ Quarterly Diluted EPSLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $0.01/shareSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Diluted EPS (USD/share)-$0.50/share$0.00/share$0.50/share2022-Q22022-Q32023-Q12023-Q22023-Q32024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001286139-26-000022; filed 2026-05-06. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0001286139-26-000022.

Extracted structurally from real Item 2 body heading to real Item 3/4 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-05-06. Report date: 2026-03-31.

Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as well as Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” and Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” included in our 2025 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on February 23, 2026 and our other filings with the SEC. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current plans, expectations and beliefs and that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in the "Risk Factors" section of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. See “Forward-Looking Statements” preceding Part I of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Overview

LegalZoom is a leading online platform for legal services, transforming how individuals and small businesses navigate the legal system. By combining intuitive technology with access to experienced attorneys—whether through our vast independent attorney network or our own law firm—we offer the tools and guidance people need to confidently manage everything from business formation and compliance to intellectual property protection and ongoing business management and legal support. Our ongoing business management services include virtual mail, legal forms, bookkeeping and estate planning services, among others. We operate across all 50 states and in over 3,000 counties in the U.S. With over two decades of experience and millions of customers served, LegalZoom helps individuals and small businesses navigate legal needs with confidence.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that our future performance will depend on many factors, including the following:

•Macroeconomic factors. Adverse changes in, or uncertainty with respect to, general macroeconomic, political, regulatory and market conditions can negatively impact consumer spending patterns, the success of existing small businesses and the formation of new small businesses. While we continue to actively monitor the impacts of the evolving macroeconomic environment on all aspects of our business, future negative or decelerating impacts from factors such as inflation, tariffs, higher interest rates, regulatory obstacles or changes in laws and regulations remain uncertain.

•Our share of small and medium-sized businesses (SMBs). In the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, business formations represented the largest share of our total transaction orders. Business formations act as an entrance point for many customers to the LegalZoom ecosystem, where they then often purchase a mix of transaction and subscription offerings alongside and after the initial formation transaction. However, AI-driven search is reshaping customer acquisition dynamics and the ways in which customers find and engage with LegalZoom. As a result, we are diversifying our customer acquisition channels via strategic partnerships and collaborations, including with AI platforms, and expanding our go-to-market strategy to focus on both higher intent customers and emerging and established business. Over time, we expect partnerships to drive a greater share of high-value customer acquisition. As a result, our operating results depend on the continuation of new business formations in the U.S. and even more so, on our ability to attract new and existing businesses to our platform via various acquisition channels.

•Ability to enhance customer lifetime value. Our future performance depends on our ability to integrate new products and services into our LegalZoom ecosystem and to increase recurring revenue through subscription offerings. We are continuing to optimize our subscription business, including by testing various commercialization and pricing strategies for our offerings and introducing new, higher value, full-service do-it-for-me (“DIFM”) subscription offerings, including our concierge suite of offerings. As a result, we have experienced and we expect to continue to experience increased volatility across our key business metrics.

•Ability to integrate augmented legal expertise. We believe that the future of legal and small business services involves a combination of AI and human expertise. We aim to utilize AI to drive efficiency and scale, while relying on our team of concierge managers and our independent network of attorneys to provide the judgment and trust that customers need. The extent to which we are able to combine AI with our human expertise in order to drive cost efficiencies and increase the consumption of our DIFM offerings will impact our future results of operations.

21

Key Business Metrics

In addition to the measures presented in our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, we regularly monitor the financial and operating metrics below to evaluate the growth of our business, measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, identify trends, formulate financial forecasts and make strategic decisions. Except with respect to annual small business retention rate, Formation Nation, Inc. (“Formation Nation”) has been included in the key business metrics below starting on February 10, 2025, the date we acquired Formation Nation.

Number of business formations

We define the number of business formations in a given period as the number of limited liability company (“LLC”), incorporation, not-for-profit and doing business as (“DBA”) orders placed on our platform in such period. We consider the number of business formations to be an important metric considering that it is typically the first product or service small business customers purchase on our platform, creating the foundation for additional products and subsequent subscription revenue as customers adopt additional products and services throughout the lifecycle of their business.

We believe that including customers filing DBAs on our platform provides a more accurate representation of the number of newly formed businesses we serve. These transactions are most often completed by sole proprietors who represent potential future transaction and subscription cross-sell opportunities as their businesses mature.

Furthermore, we believe our definition of the number of business formations is most closely aligned with U.S. Census reporting of new applications for Employer Identification Numbers (“EINs”), which we believe to be the most relevant source of publicly available U.S. market data.

The below table sets forth the number of business formations for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025:

Three Months Ended March 31,
20262025
(in thousands)
Number of business formations142131

We experienced an 8% increase in business formation transactions during the three months ended March 31, 2026 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025, primarily due to an increase in formations through our partnership channel as well as the inclusion of a full quarter of formations from Formation Nation.

Number of transactions

We define the number of transactions in a given period as gross transaction order volume, prior to refunds, on our platform during such period. Transactions may include one or more services purchased at the same time. For example, a customer of our business formation services may choose to form an LLC and purchase an operating agreement and business licenses at the same time. This constitutes a single transaction. Refunds, or partial refunds, may be issued under certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of our customer satisfaction guarantee. We consider the number of transactions to be an important metric considering that our customers generally begin their LegalZoom journey with a transaction, creating the foundation for generating subsequent subscription revenue.

The below table sets forth the number of transactions for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025:

Three Months Ended March 31,
20262025
(in thousands)
Number of transactions375341

22

We experienced a 10% increase in the number of transactions during the three months ended March 31, 2026 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025, primarily due to an increase in Annual Report filings within our compliance offerings as a result of filing automation and an increase in business formations. The increase was partially offset by a decline in beneficial ownership information report filings following a Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) ruling on March 21, 2025 that eliminated this filing requirement for U.S. companies.

Average order value

We define average order value for a given period as total transaction revenue divided by total number of transactions in such period. We consider average order value to be an important metric given that it indicates how much customers are spending on average on our platform per transaction.

The below table sets forth the average order value for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025:

Three Months Ended March 31,
20262025
Average order value$205$196

Average order value increased 5% for the three months ended March 31, 2026 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025. This increase was primarily driven by the impact of bundling changes within our business formation products and a decline in lower value beneficial ownership information report filings following a FinCEN ruling on March 21, 2025 that eliminated this filing requirement for U.S. companies. Average order value was partially offset by an increase in Annual Report filings, which carry lower average transaction values and represented a larger share of total transactions in the current period.

Number of subscription units

We define the number of subscription units in a given period as the number of paid subscriptions at the end of such period, including those that are not yet 60 days past their subscription order dates. Refunds, or partial refunds, may be issued under certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of our customer satisfaction guarantee.

We consider the number of subscription units to be an important metric since subscriptions enable us to increase the lifetime value of a customer through deeper, longer-term relationships. In addition, as we continue to innovate our product line-up, including by testing varying price points for our products and evaluating our commercialization strategy, we believe the number of subscription units, when viewed together with the number of business formations during a particular period, provides insight into the effectiveness of our efforts to drive growth in our subscription business.

Subscriptions typically range from 30 days to one year in duration and the vast majority of our new subscriptions originate from business formation orders and have an annual term. Our customers can have multiple subscriptions at the end of a period. For example, a popular combination for a new small business owner is attorney advice and registered agent subscriptions.

The below table sets forth the number of subscription units as of March 31, 2026 and 2025:

As of March 31,
20262025
(in thousands)
Number of subscription units1,9201,924

The number of subscription units was flat from March 31, 2025

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-02-23. Report date: 2025-12-31.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current plans, expectations and beliefs involving risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in the "Risk Factors" section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See “Forward-Looking Statements” preceding Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

LegalZoom is a leading online platform for legal services, transforming how individuals and small businesses navigate the legal system. By combining intuitive technology with access to experienced attorneys—whether through our vast independent attorney network or our own law firm—we offer the tools and guidance people need to confidently manage everything from business formation and compliance to intellectual property protection and ongoing business management and legal support. We operate across all 50 states and in over 3,000 counties in the U.S. With over two decades of experience and millions of customers served, LegalZoom helps individuals and small businesses navigate legal needs with confidence.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that our future performance will depend on many factors, including the following:

•Macroeconomic factors. Adverse changes in, or uncertainty with respect to, general macroeconomic, political, regulatory and market conditions can negatively impact consumer spending patterns, the success of existing small businesses and the formation of new small businesses. While we continue to actively monitor the impacts of the evolving macroeconomic environment on all aspects of our business, future negative or decelerating impacts from factors such as inflation, tariffs, higher interest rates, regulatory obstacles or changes in laws and regulations remain uncertain.

•Our share of small and medium-sized businesses (SMBs). In 2025, business formations represented the largest share of our total transaction orders. Business formations act as an entrance point for many customers to the LegalZoom ecosystem, where they then often purchase a mix of transaction and subscription offerings alongside and after the initial formation transaction. In addition, we are expanding our go-to-market strategy to focus on emerging and established business, which we believe will decrease our dependence on business formations over time. As a result, our operating results depend on the continuation of new business formations in the U.S. and even more so, on our ability to increase our share of new business formations and to attract existing businesses to our platform.

•Ability to enhance customer lifetime value. Our future performance depends on our ability to integrate new products and services into our LegalZoom ecosystem and to increase recurring revenue through subscription offerings. As we continue to optimize our subscription business, including by testing various commercialization strategies for our offerings and introducing new, higher value DIFM subscription offerings, we have experienced and we expect to continue to experience increased volatility across our key business metrics.

•Ability to integrate augmented legal expertise. We believe that the future of legal and small business services involves a combination of AI and human expertise. We aim to utilize AI to drive efficiency and scale, while relying on our team of concierge managers and our independent network of attorneys to provide the judgment and trust that customers need. The extent to which we are able to combine AI with our human expertise in order to drive cost efficiencies and increase the consumption of our DIFM offerings will impact our future results of operations.

Key Components of our Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate revenue from the sources identified below.

Transaction revenue—Transaction revenue is primarily generated from our customized legal document services upon fulfillment of these services. Transaction revenue includes filing fees and is net of cancellations, promotional discounts, sales allowances and credit reserves. We also earn fees from third-party providers in connection with lead generation activities, where referred customers purchased services that are transactional in nature.

Subscription revenue—Subscription revenue is generated primarily from subscriptions to our registered agent, compliance packages, attorney advice, legal forms, tax and accounting, virtual mail and eSignature

36

services, and software-as-a-service, or SaaS, subscriptions. We generally recognize revenue from our subscriptions ratably over the subscription term. Subscription terms generally range from thirty days to one year. Subscription revenue also includes amounts earned from third-party providers in connection with lead generation activities, where referred customers purchased services that are subscription in nature. Subscription revenue includes the transaction price allocated to bundled free trials for our subscription services and is net of promotional discounts, cancellations, sales allowances and credit reserves and payments to third-party service providers such as legal plan law firms.

For transaction and subscription revenue, we generally collect payments and fees at the time orders are placed and prior to services being rendered. We record amounts collected for services that have not been performed as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet. The transaction price that we record is generally based on the contractual amounts and is reduced for estimated sales allowances for price concessions, charge-backs, sales credits and refunds, which are accounted for as variable consideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize.

See the section titled “—Critical Accounting Estimates—Revenue Recognition” below for a description of the accounting policies related to revenue recognition, including arrangements that contain multiple deliverables.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue includes all costs of providing and fulfilling our services. Cost of revenue primarily includes government filing fees, costs of fulfillment, customer care, and payroll services, and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, and costs of independent contractors for document preparation, telecommunications and data center costs, amortization of acquired developed technology, depreciation and amortization of network computers, equipment and internal-use software, printing, shipping and handling charges, credit and debit card fees, allocated overhead, legal document kit expenses, and sales and use taxes. We defer direct and incremental costs primarily related to government filing fees incurred prior to the associated service meeting the criteria for revenue recognition. These contract assets are recognized as cost of revenue in the same period the related revenue is recognized.

Gross profit and gross margin

Gross profit, or revenue less cost of revenue, and gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of revenue, have been and will continue to be affected by various factors, primarily the mix between transaction and subscription revenue. Our long-term gross margin expansion is also expected to be driven by automation improvements and digitization efforts. Further, our acquisitions of other companies have negatively impacted our gross margin in the past, and any such future acquisitions could have a similar effect. Our gross margin could fluctuate from period to period due to fulfillment rates and seasonality.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses consist primarily of sales and marketing, technology and development, general and administrative expenses, and to a lesser extent, impairments of goodwill, long-lived assets, other assets and gain on sale of assets held for sale.

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist of customer acquisition media costs, compensation and related benefits, including stock-based compensation for marketing and sales personnel, media production, public relations and other promotional activities, general business development activities, an allocation of depreciation and amortization and allocated overhead. Customer acquisition media costs consist primarily of search engine marketing, television and social media costs. Marketing and advertising costs to promote our services are expensed in the period incurred. Media production costs are expensed the first time the advertisement is aired.

Customer acquisition media spend has historically been highest in the first quarter of the year to align with business formation seasonality and we expect this trend to continue to invest in sales and marketing to drive additional revenue, further penetrate our expanding addressable market, and build on our digital brand leadership and awareness. We anticipate that sales and marketing expenses will continue to be our largest operating expense category for the foreseeable future.

Technology and development

Technology and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and related benefits, including stock-based compensation for technology and development personnel, expenses for outside consultants, an allocation of depreciation and amortization and allocated overhead. These expenses include costs incurred in the development and implementation of our products, websites, mobile applications, online

37

legal platform, research and development and related infrastructure. Technology and development expenses are expensed as incurred, except to the extent that such costs are associated with internal-use software costs that qualify for capitalization.

Excluding stock-based compensation, we expect our technology and development expenses to remain relatively consistent as a percentage of our revenue for the foreseeable future, although our technology and development expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our revenue from period-to-period due to seasonality and the timing and extent of these expenses.

General and administrative

Our general and administrative expenses relate primarily to compensation and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, for executive and corporate personnel, professional and consulting fees, an allocation of depreciation and amortization, allocated overhead and legal costs.

We expect our general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of our revenue over the longer term. However, our general and administrative expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our revenue from period-to-period due to seasonality and the timing and extent of these expenses.

Gain on sale of assets held for sale

Gain on sale of assets held for sale relates to the sale of our operational headquarters on March 31, 2025.

Interest expense

Interest expense consists primarily of amortization of debt issuance costs related to our amended and restated credit and guaranty agreement, or, as amended, the Amended Revolving Facility as well as interest incurred on the deferred cash consideration associated with the acquisition of Formation Nation.

We expect interest expense to remain insignificant in the near term as we have no outstanding indebtedness. However, we would incur interest expense in the longer term should we draw down on our Amended Revolving Facility or incur other indebtedness.

Interest income

Interest income consists primarily of interest income generated from our investment in money market funds.

Other income, net

Other income, net consists of realized and unrealized foreign currency gains and losses, change in fair value of other equity security, gain on sale of available-for-sale security as well as the loss on debt extinguishment related to the Amended Revolving Facility.

Income taxes

Our provision for income taxes consists of current and deferred federal, state and foreign income taxes.

We account for income taxes in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification 740, Income Taxes, which requires an estimate of the annual effective tax rate for the full year to be applied to the interim period, taking into account year-to-date amounts and projected results for the full year. Our effective tax rate could fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter based on recurring and nonrecurring factors including, but not limited to: variations in the estimated and actual level of pre-tax income or loss by jurisdiction; changes in enacted tax laws and regulations, and interpretations thereof, including with respect to tax credits and state and local income taxes; developments in tax audits and other matters; recognition of excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies from stock-based compensation and certain nondeductible expenses. Changes in judgment from the evaluation of new information resulting in the recognition, derecognition, or remeasurement of a tax position taken in a prior annual period are recognized separately in the quarter of the change.

At December 31, 2025, we had federal net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of $27.5 million, which will begin to expire in 2036. At December 31, 2025, we had state NOL carryforwards of $41.3 million, which will begin to expire in 2026 and we had foreign NOL carryforwards of $32.8 million, which can be carried forward indefinitely and are not subject to expiration. In general, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership by certain stockholders over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited.

38

We had an ownership change in prior years, and as a result certain federal and state NOLs were limited pursuant to Section 382 of the Code. This limitation has been accounted for in calculating our available NOL carryforwards.

Key Business Metrics

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we regularly monitor the following financial and operating metrics to evaluate the growth of our business, measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, identify trends, formulate financial forecasts and make strategic decisions. For the year ended December 31, 2025, Formation Nation is included in the key business metrics below starting on February 10, 2025, the date we acquired Formation Nation. Prior periods have not been recast.

Number of business formations

We define the number of business formations in a given period as the number of limited liability company, or LLC, incorporation, not-for-profit and doing business as, or DBA, orders placed on our platform in such period. We consider the number of business formations to be an important metric considering that it is typically the first product or service small business customers purchase on our platform, creating the foundation for additional products and subsequent subscription revenue as customers adopt additional products and services throughout the lifecycle of their business.

We believe that including customers filing DBAs on our platform provides a more accurate representation of the number of newly formed businesses we serve. These transactions are most often completed by sole proprietors who represent potential future transaction and subscription cross-sell opportunities as their businesses mature.

Furthermore, we believe our definition of the number of business formations is most closely aligned with U.S. Census reporting of new applications for Employer Identification Numbers, or EINs, which we believe to be the most relevant source of publicly available U.S. market data.

The below table sets forth the number of business formations for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
(in thousands)
Number of business formations500482

We experienced a 4% increase in business formation transactions during the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to formations driven by our Formation Nation acquisition. Overall U.S. business formations grew by 9% during the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, based on a review of U.S. Census data revealing new applications for EINs.

Number of transactions

We define the number of transactions in a given period as gross transaction order volume, prior to refunds, on our platform during such period. Transactions may include one or more services purchased at the same time. For example, a customer of our business formation services may choose to form an LLC and purchase an operating agreement and business licenses at the same time. This constitutes a single transaction. Refunds, or partial refunds, may be issued under certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of our customer satisfaction guarantee. We consider the number of transactions to be an important metric considering that our customers generally begin their LegalZoom journey with a transaction, creating the foundation for generating subsequent subscription revenue.

The below table sets forth the number of transactions for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
(in thousands)
Number of transactions1,1171,123

We experienced a 1% decrease in the number of transactions during the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily from the decline in beneficial ownership information

39

report filings following a FinCEN ruling on March 21, 2025 that eliminated this filing requirement for U.S. companies, partially offset by the inclusion of transactions from our Formation Nation acquisition and an increase in annual report filings.

Average order value

We define average order value for a given period as total transaction revenue divided by total number of transactions in such period. We consider average order value to be an important metric given that it indicates how much customers are spending on average on our platform per transaction.

The below table sets forth the average order value for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
Average order value$236$219

Average order value increased by 8% during the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase in average order value was primarily driven by a decrease in the volume of lower-value beneficial ownership information report filings, as well as our acquisition of Formation Nation, which includes higher-value DIFM business formation services.

Number of subscription units

We define the number of subscription units in a given period as the number of paid subscriptions at the end of such period, including those that are not yet 60 days past their subscription order dates. Refunds, or partial refunds, may be issued under certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of our customer satisfaction guarantee.

We consider the number of subscription units to be an important metric since subscriptions enable us to increase the lifetime value of a customer through deeper, longer-term relationships. In addition, as we continue to innovate our product line-up, including by testing varying price points for our products and evaluating our commercialization strategy, we believe the number of subscription units, when viewed together with the number of business formations during a particular period, provides insight into the effectiveness of our efforts to drive growth in our subscription business.

Subscriptions typically range from 30 days to one year in duration and the vast majority of our new subscriptions originate from business formation orders and have an annual term. Our customers can have multiple subscriptions at the end of a period.

The below table sets forth the number of subscription units as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

As of December 31,
20252024
(in thousands)
Number of subscription units1,9391,766

We achieved 10% growth in the number of subscription units from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025, primarily driven by an increase in compliance, legal advisory and accounting subscriptions from the bundling of these products into business formation offerings, as well as an increase in virtual mail subscriptions and the inclusion of subscription units from our Formation Nation acquisition.

On a sequential basis, the number of subscription units as of December 31, 2025 decreased 1% from 1,959 thousand subscription units as of September 30, 2025.

Average revenue per subscription unit

We define average revenue per subscription unit, or ARPU, as of a given date as subscription revenue for the twelve-month period ended on such date, or LTM, divided by the average of the number of subscription units at the beginning and end of the LTM period. We consider ARPU to be an important metric because it helps to illustrate our ability to provide and monetize higher value subscriptions. In addition, when viewed together with subscription units, ARPU provides insight into the impact that higher-value subscriptions have on our ability to grow our subscription units.

The below table sets forth ARPU as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

40

As of December 31,
20252024
Average revenue per subscription unit$266$263

ARPU increased by 1% as of December 31, 2025 as compared to December 31, 2024 driven primarily by the acquisition of Formation Nation in February 2025, partially offset by our prior discontinuation of new customer acquisition for our tax offerings as well as a shift in mix towards our lower priced subscription offerings, including forms and eSignature, accounting solutions, and legal advisory subscriptions, due to the bundling of these products into certain business formation offerings. On a sequential basis, ARPU as of December 31, 2025 increased 4% compared to September 30, 2025.

Annual small business retention rate

We define annual small business retention rate as the percentage of small business subscription units active as of the last day of the quarter one year ago that were still active subscriptions 12 months later. Small business subscription units represent our subscriptions targeted at our small business customers and include subscriptions for our registered agent and compliance services, our tax solution, our virtual mail, forms and eSignature solutions and our small business legal advisory plan, and exclude subscriptions from our enterprise customers, our prior operations in the U.K. and our consumer legal advisory plan. Annual small business retention rate includes both monthly and annual subscription units and reflects all subscription unit attrition, including as a result of actual business failures of certain of our customers. Our annual small business retention rate as of December 31, 2025 was approximately 58% which was impacted by the anniversary of the bundling of annual forms and eSignature subscriptions into certain business formation offerings, which are typically lower retaining.

The annual small business retention rate as of December 31, 2025 does not include the impact of Formation Nation, as we had no active Formation Nation subscriptions on the last day of the quarter one year ago.

We expect annual retention rate to fluctuate as we continue to test new products, subscription term lengths and price points and seek to optimize our product offerings across our lineup. While there may be a general correlation between annual small business retention rate and our ability to increase customer lifetime value and the growth of our customer base, we do not view it as a predictor of future revenue given the varying needs of a small business during its lifecycle and the varying use cases of the products underlying our subscription units.

41

Results of Operations

The table below sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for each of the periods indicated. The period-to-period comparison of financial results should not be considered as a prediction or indicative of our future results.

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
(in thousands)
Revenue$756,043$681,881
Cost of revenue(1)(2)257,960240,093
Gross profit498,083441,788
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing(1)(2)261,745207,684
Technology and development(1)(2)81,94189,584
General and administrative(1)(2)143,758108,939
Gain on sale of assets held for sale(14,337)
Total operating expenses473,107406,207
Income from operations24,97635,581
Interest expense(1,294)(446)
Interest income7,5697,850
Other income, net1,18798
Income before income taxes32,43843,083
Provision for income taxes17,01113,120
Net income$15,427$29,963

(1)Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
(in thousands)
Cost of revenue$5,538$5,833
Sales and marketing16,8108,077
Technology and development15,09719,573
General and administrative76,26338,027
Total stock-based compensation expense$113,708$71,510

Stock-based compensation expense increased for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to a full year of expense recognition in 2025 for our awards with performance conditions as well as those with market-based conditions, or, collectively, PSUs, granted in 2024, compared to a partial year of expense in 2024. Refer to Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

42

(2)Includes depreciation and amortization expense for our property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software and intangible assets as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
(in thousands)
Cost of revenue$20,687$18,902
Sales and marketing9,2613,736
Technology and development8,5167,688
General and administrative5,6594,601
Total depreciation and amortization expense$44,123$34,927

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

Revenue

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Revenue by type
Transaction$263,582$245,692$17,8907%
Subscription492,461436,18956,27213%
Total revenue$756,043$681,881$74,16211%

The 11% increase in total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 was driven by an increase in subscription revenue. Subscription revenue was 65% and 64% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and transaction revenue was 35% and 36% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Transaction revenue increased 7% year-over-year for the year ended December 31, 2025 primarily due to approximately $33.2 million in revenue from transactions derived from our acquisition of Formation Nation in February 2025 and an increase in revenue from annual report filing fees and trademark filings, partially offset by a decline in beneficial ownership information report revenue due to the FinCEN ruling on March 21, 2025 that eliminated this filing requirement for U.S. companies.

Subscription revenue increased 13% year-over-year for the year ended December 31, 2025 primarily due to approximately $18.2 million in revenue from subscriptions derived from our acquisition of Formation Nation in February 2025, as well as an 11% increase in revenue from compliance-related subscriptions, an increase in revenue from our virtual mail offering and revenue earned from the 1-800 Accountant partnership entered into in December 2024. Subscription revenue growth was partially offset by our prior discontinuation of new customer acquisition for our tax offering.

Cost of revenue

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Cost of revenue$257,960$240,093$17,8677%

Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $17.9 million mainly due to a $15.0 million increase in filing fees primarily due to our acquisition of Formation Nation and annual report filings, a $3.7 million increase in third-party fees for customer fulfillment services, a $3.1 million increase in other cost of service primarily related to acquisition of Formation Nation, a $1.8 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense, and a $1.1 million increase in credit card fees. These increases were partially offset by a $6.8 million decrease in payroll and related benefits due to a decrease in average headcount.

43

Gross profit

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Gross profit$498,083$441,788$56,29513%

The increase in gross profit was driven by a $74.2 million increase in revenue partially offset by a $17.9 million increase in cost of revenue.

Sales and marketing

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Sales and marketing$261,745$207,684$54,06126%

Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $54.1 million largely due to a $20.0 million increase in payroll and related benefits resulting from an increase in average sales and marketing headcount primarily related to our Formation Nation acquisition, an $18.0 million increase in customer acquisition marketing spend, an $8.7 million increase in stock-based compensation expense, and a $5.5 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense primarily due to the amortization of intangible assets. Customer acquisition marketing spend was $175.6 million and $157.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, primarily due to lower performance marketing spend during the year ended December 31, 2024.

Technology and development

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Technology and development$81,941$89,584$(7,643)(9%)

Technology and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased primarily due to a decrease in payroll and related benefits largely due to a decrease in average technology and development headcount including a $4.5 million decrease in stock-based compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2025.

General and administrative

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
General and administrative$143,758$108,939$34,81932%

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $34.8 million primarily due to an increase of $38.2 million in stock-based compensation expense due to time-based RSUs as well as PSUs granted to eligible employees and members of our senior leadership team in 2024. These increases were partially offset by a $5.2 million decrease in restructuring costs compared to the year ended December 31, 2024.

44

Gain on sale of assets held for sale

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Gain on sale of assets held for sale$(14,337)$$(14,337)N/A

Gain on sale of assets held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $14.3 million due to the sale of our operational headquarters on March 31, 2025.

Interest expense

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Interest expense$1,294$446$848190%

Interest expense consists primarily of amortization of debt issuance costs related to our Amended Revolving Facility as well as interest incurred on the deferred cash consideration associated with the acquisition of Formation Nation.

Interest income

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Interest income$7,569$7,850$(281)(4%)

The change in interest income was primarily due to interest income generated from our money market investments for the year ended December 31, 2025.

Other income, net

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Other income, net$1,187$98$1,0891111%

The change in other income, net, between 2025 and 2024 was primarily due to change in fair value of other equity security of $0.3 million and gain on sale of available-for-sale debt security of $0.8 million.

Provision for income taxes

Year Ended December 31,
20252024$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Provision for income taxes$17,011$13,120$3,89130%
Effective tax rate52%30%

There was a $3.9 million increase in the provision for income taxes in 2025 as compared to 2024 primarily due to higher nondeductible tax benefits from stock-based compensation and lower research and development tax credits for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024.

45

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023

For a discussion related to the results of operations and changes in financial condition for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, refer to Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, which was filed with the SEC on February 26, 2025.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

We fund our operations and capital expenditures from cash flows from operating activities. Our primary requirements for liquidity and capital are to finance working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2025, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents of $203.1 million, which consisted of cash on deposit with banks and money market funds, of which approximately $4.4 million related to our foreign subsidiaries. Our cash and cash equivalents increased by $61.0 million from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025, primarily due to cash provided by operating activities, proceeds from stock option exercises primarily by former executive officers in the first quarter of 2025, and proceeds from the sale of a property held for sale, partially offset by repurchases of our common stock, cash paid for the acquisition of Formation Nation, cash paid for shares surrendered for settlement of minimum statutory tax withholding, and purchases of property and equipment.

We currently anticipate that our available cash, cash equivalents and cash provided by operating activities will be sufficient to meet our operational cash needs for at least the next twelve months and in the foreseeable future. We have the ability to supplement our liquidity needs with borrowings under our Amended Revolving Facility.

We have historically considered the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to be indefinitely reinvested, and accordingly no taxes have been provided on such earnings. We continue to evaluate our plans for reinvestment or repatriation of unremitting foreign earnings. We have not repatriated funds to the U.S. to satisfy domestic liquidity needs, nor do we anticipate the need to do so. If we determine that all or a portion of our foreign earnings are no longer indefinitely reinvested, we may be subject to foreign withholding taxes and U.S. state income taxes.

In October 2023, our board of directors approved a stock repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of shares of our common stock from time to time. In May 2025, our board of directors approved a $100.0 million increase in our stock repurchase program, bringing the aggregate amount authorized to $315.0 million. At December 31, 2025, approximately $69.5 million remained available for future repurchases of our common stock under the stock repurchase program. In addition, in February 2026, our board of directors approved an additional $100.0 million increase in our stock repurchase program, bringing the aggregate amount authorized to $415.0 million. For additional information regarding our stock repurchase program, refer to Item 5, “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities,” and Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Borrowings

Revolving Facility

On July 2, 2021, we entered into a $150.0 million amended and restated credit and guaranty agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent. On July 14, 2025, we entered into an amendment to the amended and restated credit and guaranty agreement that, among other things, decreased the revolving loan commitments to $100.0 million and extended the maturity date of the revolving loan commitments to July 14, 2030. We refer to the amended and restated credit and guaranty agreement, as amended from time to time, as the Amended Revolving Facility. The Amended Revolving Facility provides for the issuance of up to $20.0 million of letters of credit as well as borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans, in an amount of up to $10.0 million. At December 31, 2025, we had no borrowings outstanding and $100.0 million was available for use under our Amended Revolving Facility.

Subject to the satisfaction of certain criteria, we will be able to increase the Amended Revolving Facility by an amount equal to the sum of (i) the greater of $90.0 million and 75% of consolidated last twelve months cash earnings before interest expense, tax, depreciation and amortization, or LTM CEBITDA, plus (ii) unused amounts under the general debt basket (i.e., an amount equal to the greater of $50.0 million and an equivalent percentage of consolidated LTM CEBITDA), plus (iii) an unlimited amount so long as we are in pro forma compliance with the Financial Covenant (as defined below), in each case, with the consent of the lenders participating in the increase.

We are required to pay a commitment fee in respect of unutilized commitments under the Amended Revolving Facility. The commitment fee is, initially, 0.35% per annum. The commitment fee is subject to a

46

reduction of 0.10% if the total net first lien leverage ratio does not exceed 3.50 to 1.00 and an additional reduction of 0.05% if the total net first lien leverage ratio does not exceed 1.00 to 1.00. We are also required to pay customary letter of credit fees and agency fees. U.S. dollar borrowings under the Amended Revolving Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the borrower’s option, either (a) the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or Term SOFR, plus a margin ranging from 2.00% to 1.25% or (b) a margin ranging from 1.00% to 0.25% plus the highest of (i) the administrative agent’s prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% or (iii) one-month Term SOFR plus 1%. The interest rate margins under the Amended Revolving Facility are subject to one reduction of 0.25%, a second reduction of 0.25% and a further reduction of 0.25% each upon achieving total net first lien leverage ratios of 3.50 to 1.00, 2.50 to 1.00 and 1.00 to 1.00, respectively.

We have the option to voluntarily repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to SOFR loans. There is no scheduled amortization under the Amended Revolving Facility. The principal amount outstanding is due and payable in full at maturity on July 14, 2030.

Obligations under the Amended Revolving Facility are guaranteed by our existing and future direct and indirect material wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. The Amended Revolving Facility is secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the borrower and the guarantors, subject to certain exceptions.

The Amended Revolving Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; create or incur liens; pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock; merge, liquidate and make asset sales; change lines of business; change our fiscal year; incur restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions and create liens; modify our organizational documents; make investments, loans and advances; and enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

The Amended Revolving Facility requires compliance with a total net first lien leverage ratio not to exceed 4.50 to 1.00, or the Financial Covenant. The Financial Covenant will be tested at quarter-end only if the total principal amount of all revolving loans, swingline loans and drawn letters of credit that have not been reimbursed exceeds 35% of the total commitments under the Amended Revolving Facility on the last day of such fiscal quarter.

Cash flows

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities178,197135,639
Net cash used in investing activities(40,077)(35,696)
Net cash used in financing activities(77,256)(183,285)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents172(313)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents61,036(83,655)

For a discussion of our cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2023, refer to Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, which was filed with the SEC on February 26, 2025.

Net cash provided by operating activities

Our largest source of operating cash is cash collections from our customers for our transaction products and subscription services. Our primary uses of cash in operating activities are for our fulfillment, production and customer care costs, employee salaries and benefits, sales and marketing expenses and third-party consulting expenses. Net cash provided by operating activities is impacted by our net income adjusted for certain non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization expense, stock-based compensation and gain on sale of assets held for sale, as well as the effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities.

In 2025, cash provided by operating activities was $178.2 million resulting from net income of $15.4 million, adjusted for stock-based compensation and other non-cash expenses of $153.5 million and net cash flows provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $9.3 million. The $9.3 million of net cash flows provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities included a $19.3 million increase in deferred revenue largely due to the growth of our subscription units, which are predominantly billed in advance of our revenue

47

recognition, partially offset by a $12.1 million increase in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets.

In 2024, cash provided by operating activities was $135.6 million resulting from net income of $30.0 million, adjusted for stock-based compensation and other non-cash expenses of $104.9 million and net cash flows provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $0.8 million. The $0.8 million of net cash flows provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities included a $6.6 million increase in deferred revenue largely due to growth of our subscription units, which are predominantly billed in advance of our revenue recognition, and a net $0.5 million decrease in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, partially offset by a $6.9 million decrease in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, and operating lease liabilities due to the timing of our payments.

Net cash used in investing activities

Our primary investing activities have historically consisted primarily of capital expenditures to purchase property and equipment necessary to support our customer contact center, network and operations, the capitalization of internal-use software necessary to develop and maintain our platform and deliver new products and features, which provide value to our customers, business acquisitions and investments in other companies. As our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures to continue to increase. In 2025, we engaged in additional investing activities in regards to our acquisition of Formation Nation and the sale of our operational headquarters.

In 2025, net cash used in investing activities was $40.1 million, resulting primarily from $48.5 million used for the acquisition of Formation Nation, net of cash acquired and $30.3 million in purchases of property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software, partially offset by $37.1 million in proceeds from the sale of our operational headquarters.

In 2024, net cash used in investing activities was $35.7 million, resulting primarily from purchase of property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software.

Net cash used in financing activities

Our primary uses of cash in financing activities are for repurchases of common stock and settlements of stock options and RSUs. Net cash provided by financing activities is primarily impacted by exercises of stock options by our employees and issuances of common stock.

In 2025, net cash used in financing activities was $77.3 million, primarily resulting from $80.5 million in repurchases of common stock under our stock repurchase program and a $40.4 million settlement of minimum statutory tax withholding upon vesting of RSUs, partially offset by $45.8 million in proceeds from the issuance of stock under employee stock plans.

In 2024, net cash used in financing activities was $183.3 million, primarily for the repurchase of common stock under our stock repurchase program.

Material Cash Requirements

We believe our current cash and cash equivalents, as well as cash expected to be generated by future operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our material cash requirements for the next twelve months. Our material cash requirements include the below contractual and other obligations:

Commitments

We have non-cancelable agreements with various vendors, which require us to pay $55.1 million over a four-year period, of which $41.2 million remains to be paid as of December 31, 2025.

Lease Obligations

At December 31, 2025, we had various non-cancelable operating leases for office space, which expire between June 2026 and June 2033. At December 31, 2025, we had total minimum operating lease maturities of $16.3 million, $4.5 million of which mature within twelve months. See Note 8 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our future operating lease payments.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our consolidated financial statements, which are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, we use certain non-GAAP financial measures, as described below, to understand and evaluate our core operating performance. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide investors with useful information about our financial performance and liquidity,

48

enhance the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects and allow for greater transparency with respect to important measures used by our management for financial and operational decision-making. We also believe that these measures provide an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core financial performance over multiple periods with other companies in our industry. These non-GAAP measures should not be considered in isolation of, or as a substitute or an alternative to, measures prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income adjusted to exclude interest expense, interest income, provision for (benefit from) income taxes, depreciation and amortization, other expense (income), net, stock-based compensation and certain non-recurring income and expenses from time to time. We define Adjusted EBITDA margin as Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. We define net income margin as net income as a percentage of revenue based on our consolidated financial statements.

Adjusted EBITDA is one of the primary performance measures used by our management and our board of directors to understand and evaluate our financial performance and operating trends, including period-to-period comparisons, preparing and approving our annual budget and operational performance. In assessing our performance, we exclude certain expenses that we believe are not comparable period over period or that we believe are not indicative of our underlying operating performance. There are a number of limitations related to the use of Adjusted EBITDA rather than net income, which include that Adjusted EBITDA:

•may be calculated differently by other companies in our industry, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure;

•does not reflect our capital expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

•excludes depreciation and amortization and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated may be replaced in the future;

•does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

•excludes stock-based compensation expense, which has been, and will continue to be, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy; and

•does not reflect certain expenses that we do not consider representative of our underlying operating performance, but that reduce cash available to us.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
(in thousands)
Reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA
Net income$15,427$29,963
Interest expense1,294446
Interest income(7,569)(7,850)
Provision for income taxes17,01113,120
Depreciation and amortization44,12334,927
Other income, net(1,187)(98)
Stock-based compensation113,70871,510
Acquisition and related expenses(1)2,869
Gain on sale of assets held for sale(14,337)
Restructuring costs(2)8546,096
Adjusted EBITDA$172,193$148,114
Net income margin2%4%
Adjusted EBITDA margin23%22%

(1)     For 2025, acquisition and related expenses are primarily related to our acquisition of Formation Nation. Additional costs incurred are related to the evaluation and pursuit of strategic transactions.

49

(2)    For 2025 and 2024, restructuring costs related to the reduction of our U.S. headcount. Restructuring expenses include salary and benefits for the impacted employees and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The increase in Adjusted EBITDA of $24.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 reflects an increase in revenue of $74.2 million, which was partially offset by an increase in cost of revenue, excluding non-cash and non-recurring items, of $16.4 million, and a $33.7 million increase in operating expenses, excluding non-cash and non-recurring items.

Free cash flow

Free cash flow is a liquidity measure used by management in evaluating the cash generated by our operations after purchases of property and equipment including capitalized internal-use software. We believe free cash flow provides useful information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated by our business that can be used for strategic opportunities, including investing in our business and strengthening our balance sheet once our business needs and obligations are met. The usefulness of free cash flow as an analytical tool has limitations because it excludes certain items that are settled in cash, does not represent residual cash flow available for discretionary expenses, does not reflect our future contractual commitments, and may be calculated differently by other companies in our industry.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to free cash flow:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
(in thousands)
Reconciliation of Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities to Free Cash Flow
Net cash provided by operating activities$178,197$135,639
Purchase of property and equipment(30,277)(35,696)
Free cash flow$147,920$99,943

The increase in our free cash flow of $48.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 was primarily due to a $42.6 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities resulted from a $34.1 million increase in net income after adjusting for stock-based compensation and other non-cash items, and an $8.5 million favorable change in our operating assets and liabilities. Free cash flow was also impacted by lower capital expenditures for the purchase of property and equipment, including capitalization of internal-use software.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on certain accounting standards adopted in 2025 and recent accounting announcements that have not yet been required to be implemented and may be applicable to our future operations.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are used for, however not limited to, revenue recognition, sales allowances and credit reserves, available-for-sale debt securities, recoverability of long-lived assets and goodwill, income taxes, commitments and contingencies, valuation of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations and stock-based compensation. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Our most critical accounting policies and estimates are summarized below. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of our other significant accounting policies.

Revenue recognition

We derive our revenue from the following sources:

Transaction revenue—Transaction revenue is primarily generated from our customized legal document services upon fulfillment of these services. Transaction revenue includes filing fees and is net of cancellations,

50

promotional discounts, sales allowances and credit reserves. We also earn fees from third-party providers in connection with lead generation activities, where referred customers purchase services that are transactional in nature.

Subscription revenue—Subscription revenue is generated primarily from subscriptions to our registered agent, compliance packages, attorney advice, legal forms, tax and accounting, virtual mail and eSignature services, and SaaS subscriptions. We generally recognize revenue from our subscriptions ratably over the subscription term. Subscription terms generally range from thirty days to one year. Subscription revenue also includes amounts earned from third-party providers in connection with lead generation activities, where referred customers purchase services that are subscription in nature. Subscription revenue includes the transaction price allocated to bundled free trials for our subscription services and is net of promotional discounts, cancellations, sales allowances and credit reserves and payments to third party service providers.

For transaction and subscription revenue, we generally collect payments and fees at the time orders are placed and prior to services being rendered. We record amounts collected for services that have not been performed as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet. The transaction price that we record is generally based on the contractual amounts and is reduced for estimated sales allowances for price concessions, charge-backs, sales credits and refunds, which are accounted for as variable consideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize.

We determine revenue recognition through the following five steps: identification of a contract with a customer; identification of the performance obligations in the contract; determination of the transaction price; allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and recognition of revenue when or as the performance obligations are satisfied.

Our customers generally pay for transactions in advance by credit or debit card except for certain services provided under installment plans where we allow customers to pay for their order in three or twelve equal payments. The first installment due under the installment plans is charged to the customer’s debit or credit card on the date the order is placed, and the remaining installments are generally charged on a monthly basis thereafter. We recognize revenue for the amount we expect to be entitled to for providing the services to our customers. The total fees collected by us for our services include, as applicable, expedited services fees, government filing fees and shipping fees.

Subscription services are generally paid monthly or annually in advance of the subscription period except for virtual mail subscriptions, which are invoiced monthly in arrears. Amounts collected in advance of revenue recognition are recorded in deferred revenue. Customers may pay for services, however, may not provide the necessary information to complete a transaction. We attempt to contact the customer to complete the abandoned order. We recognize revenue on abandoned services, or breakage, when it is likely to occur and the amount can be recognized without significant risk of reversal. We recognize breakage in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer. Judgment is required to determine the amount of breakage and when breakage is likely to occur, which we estimate based on historical data of breakage for similar services.

Services we offer can generally either be purchased on a stand-alone basis or bundled together as part of a package of services. Accordingly, a significant number of our arrangements include multiple performance obligations, such as the preparation of legal documents combined with related document revision, document storage, registered agent services, and free trial periods of our subscriptions. At contract inception, we assess the services promised in our contracts with customers and identify performance obligations for each promise to transfer to the customer a service or bundle of services that is distinct. The identification of distinct performance obligations within our packages may require significant judgment.

The transaction price allocated to each separate performance obligation represents the amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for the services we provide. The transaction price is based on the contractual amounts in our contracts and is reduced for estimated sales allowances for price concessions, charge-backs, sales credits and refunds, which are accounted for as variable consideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize. We only include variable consideration in the transaction price to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. We estimate sales allowances using the expected value method. We recognize a liability or a reduction of accounts receivable, and a reduction to revenue based on the estimated amount of sales allowances. We record sales allowances as a reduction of accounts receivable where we expect not to collect the full amount of the outstanding accounts receivable and we record sales allowances as a liability for estimated refunds or credits where we have collected the amounts due from the customer. We have established a sufficient history of estimating sales allowances given the large number of homogeneous transactions. The majority of our allowances and reserves are known within a relatively short period of time following our balance sheet date. The estimated provision for sales allowances has varied from actual results within ranges consistent with management’s expectations. The transaction price excludes sales taxes.

For arrangements that contain multiple performance obligations, such as our bundled arrangements, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on estimates of the standalone selling

51

price of each performance obligation within the bundle. For the services we sell on a standalone basis, we use the sales price of these services in the allocation of the transaction price in bundled arrangements. Where we do not sell the service on a standalone basis, we estimate the standalone selling price based on the adjusted market assessment approach or the expected cost plus a margin approach when market information is not observable. In these cases, the determination of the standalone selling price may require significant judgment.

We recognize revenue when we satisfy the performance obligation by transferring the promised good or service to the customer. For our transaction-based services, we generally recognize revenue at a point-in-time when the services are delivered to the customer. For our subscription-based services we generally recognize revenue on a straight-line basis over the subscription term. For our partner-based services, we recognize revenue at a point-in-time when the related performance-based criteria have been met.

We do not have significant financing components in arrangements with our customers.

Principal agent considerations

In certain of our arrangements, another party may be involved in providing services to our customer. We evaluate whether we can recognize revenue gross as a principal or net as an agent. We record revenue on a gross basis when we are the principal in the arrangement. To determine whether we are a principal or an agent, we identify the specified good or service to be provided to the customer and assess whether we control the specified good or service before that good or service is transferred to the customer. We evaluate a number of indicators of whether we control the good or service before it is transferred to the customer, including whether we have primary fulfillment responsibility and obligation to perform the services being sold to the customer; we have latitude in establishing the sales price; and we have inventory risk.

In arrangements in which we are the principal, we record as revenue the amounts we have billed to our customer, net of sales allowance, and we record the fee payable to the third party as cost of revenue. We are the principal in most of our legal document preparation, tax advisory and preparation, and registered agent services, including legal entity formations and similar arrangements and formation. For these services, revenue includes filing and similar fees. Our alternative business structures, or ABS, offer legal advisory services that are marketed through our websites. Our ABS provides independent legal advice to our customers and is directly responsible for, and control the fulfillment of, the legal services. Accordingly, for services provided by our ABS, we recognize revenue as the principal.

In arrangements in which we are not the principal, we record revenue on a net basis, which is equal to the amount billed to our customer, net of sales allowances and the fee payable to the third party or partner that is primarily responsible for performing the services for the customer. Except for our Arizona ABS, we are not a law firm in the U.S. and cannot provide legal advice through our U.S. entities. Therefore, the participating independent law firms in our legal plans control the service to the customer and have the primary service obligation to provide attorney consultations to our customers, for which we pay the law firms a monthly fee. For these arrangements, we recognize revenue on a net basis as an agent. For other services provided by third parties, including deed transfer, accounting, revenue is recognized net of fees payable to third-parties. For partner revenue, we receive a fee for the referral of our customer to the partner or we retain a portion of the fee paid by the customer and share the remainder with the partner. Our partner controls the service to the customer and the partner is responsible for fulfilling the referred service to the customer, accordingly, we recognize revenue for these arrangements on a net basis.

Revenue includes shipping and handling fees charged to customers.

Business combinations

The results of businesses acquired in a business combination are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. Purchase accounting results in assets and liabilities of an acquired business being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. Any excess purchase consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill.

We perform valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for an acquisition and allocate the purchase price to their respective net tangible and intangible assets. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment and estimates. Intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships and developed technology. Judgment and estimates include the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenue and cash flows, the rate of customer subscription non-renewals, discount rates, the estimated level of effort and related costs of reproducing or replacing the assets acquired, and selection of comparable companies. We generally engage the assistance of third-party valuation specialists in determining fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and contingent consideration, if any, in a business combination. Amounts recorded in a business combination may change during the measurement period, which is a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, as additional information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available.

52

Transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate fair value of the consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of the assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, however, it is subject to impairment testing at the reporting unit level annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired.

In assessing impairment, we have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether or not a reporting unit is impaired. Alternatively, we may perform a quantitative impairment assessment or if the qualitative assessment indicates that it is more-likely-than-not that the reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative analysis is required. The quantitative analysis compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit with its respective carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount including goodwill, goodwill is considered not to be impaired. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount including goodwill, then a goodwill impairment charge is recorded by the amount that the carrying value exceeds the fair value, up to the carrying amount of goodwill.

For our goodwill impairment test performed in the fourth quarter of 2025 and 2024, the fair value of our consolidated reporting unit significantly exceeded our carrying value.

Loss contingencies

We record loss contingencies in our consolidated financial statements in the period when they are probable and reasonably estimable. If the amount is probable and we are able to reasonably estimate a range of loss, we accrue the amount that is the best estimate within that range, and if no amount is better than any other in the range, we record the amount at the low end in the range. We disclose those contingencies that we believe are at least reasonably possible but not probable regardless of whether they are reasonably estimable. The likelihood of a loss is determined using several factors including the nature of the matter, advice of our internal and external counsel, previous experience and historical and relevant information available to us. The determination of the likelihood of loss or the range of loss requires significant management judgment. We expense legal costs for defending legal proceedings as incurred.

See Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

Income taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates anticipated to be in effect when those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

We make judgments in evaluating whether deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income on a jurisdictional basis. A valuation allowance is established if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income. We also consider expectations and risk associated with estimates of future taxable income in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If our assumptions and consequently our estimates, change in the future, the valuation allowance may be increased or decreased, resulting in an increase or decrease, which may be material, to our provision for income taxes and the related impact on our net income.

We recognize tax benefits from an uncertain position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits. If this threshold is met, we measure the tax benefit as the largest amount of the benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We recognize penalties and interest accrued with respect to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision.

See Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on our income taxes.

Stock-based compensation

We estimate the fair value of employee stock-based payment awards on the grant-date and recognize the resulting fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model for estimating the fair value of options granted under our stock option plans that

53

vest based on service and performance conditions. The fair value of restricted stock units, or RSUs, that vest based on service and performance conditions is determined based on the value of the underlying common stock at the date of grant. For awards that contain market conditions, we estimate the fair value using a Monte Carlo simulation model. We record expense for awards that contain performance conditions only to the extent that we determine it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. Expense for awards containing market conditions is not reversed even if the market condition is not achieved. We have elected to treat stock-based payment awards with graded vesting schedules and time-based service conditions as a single award and recognize stock-based compensation on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. Awards with performance or market conditions are recognized using graded vesting.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model and the Monte Carlo simulation model requires us to make certain assumptions including the fair value of our underlying common stock, the expected term, the expected stock price volatility, the risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. These assumptions, other than the fair value of our common stock, are estimated as follows:

•Expected term. The expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. The expected term of options granted is estimated based upon actual historical exercise and post-vesting cancellations, adjusted for expected future exercise behavior. The expected term of RSUs is defined as the remaining term from the grant date to the end of the performance period.

•Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates on the U.S. government securities appropriate for the expected term of our stock options and RSUs with market condition.

•Expected volatility. Because our common stock has limited publicly traded history, we estimate the expected volatility from the historical volatility of selected public companies with comparable characteristics to us, including similarity in size, lines of business, market capitalization and revenue and financial leverage. We determine the expected volatility assumption using the frequency of daily historical prices of comparable public companies’ common stock for a period equal to the expected term of the options. We periodically assess the comparable companies and other relevant factors used to measure expected volatility for future stock options and RSUs with market conditions grants.

•Expected dividend yield. The dividend yield assumption is based on our history and expectation of dividend payouts. Other than the special dividends declared in 2015, 2017, 2018, 2020 and 2021 which resulted in corresponding reductions in the exercise price of the stock options, we have not declared any cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

•Common stock valuation. We utilize our common stock values as traded in the public market as an input into our valuation models.

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures are estimated based on our historical experience and future expectations.

If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the Monte Carlo simulation model change significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

The determination of stock-based compensation is inherently uncertain and subjective and involves the application of valuation models and assumptions requiring the use of judgment. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, and our net income for 2025, 2024 and 2023 may have been materially different.

54

Options. We did not grant any stock options during the year ended December 31, 2025 or 2024. The weighted-average assumptions that were used to calculate the grant-date fair-value of our stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2023 were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2023
Expected life (years)5.9
Risk-free interest rate3.4%-3.8%
Expected volatility50.4%-50.7%
Expected dividend yield

Restricted stock units. RSUs that vest upon the satisfaction of service-based vesting conditions, which is typically over a four-year period. For these RSUs, we recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of 4 years. RSUs with performance or market conditions are recognized using graded vesting.

The assumptions that were used to calculate the grant-date fair value of our RSUs with a performance and market conditions granted during the year ended December 31, 2024, using a Monte Carlo simulation model were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2024
Expected life (years)0.4-0.8
Risk-free interest rate5.2%-5.4%
Expected volatility47.4%-66.1%
Expected dividend yield

The assumptions that were used to calculate the grant-date fair value of the RSUs with a market vesting condition granted in July 2024 using a Monte Carlo simulation model were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2024
Expected life (years)5
Risk-free interest rate4.2%
Expected volatility59.4%
Expected dividend yield

The assumptions that were used to calculate the grant-date fair value of the RSUs with a market vesting condition granted in November 2024 using a Monte Carlo simulation model were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2024
Expected life (years)3
Risk-free interest rate4.2%
Expected volatility60.9%
Expected dividend yield

55

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001286139-25-000044.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-02-26. Report date: 2024-12-31.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current plans, expectations and beliefs involving risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in the "Risk Factors" section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See “Forward-Looking Statements” preceding Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

LegalZoom is a leading online platform for legal services, transforming how individuals and small businesses navigate the legal system. By combining intuitive technology with access to experienced attorneys—whether through our vast independent attorney network or LegalZoom Legal Services (LZLS) law firm—we offer the tools and guidance people need to confidently manage everything from business formation and compliance to estate planning and ongoing legal support. We operate across all 50 states and in over 3,000 counties in the U.S. With over two decades of experience and millions of customers served, LegalZoom helps individuals and small businesses navigate legal needs with confidence.

Recent Developments and Updates

•On February 10, 2025, we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Formation Nation, Inc., or Formation Nation, for total cash consideration of $64.8 million and 2,205,445 restricted shares of our common stock. The shares are subject to a lock-up and voting agreement, and a portion of the cash consideration is subject to a one year holdback and customary adjustments. The cash consideration was funded with cash on hand. Upon closing of the transaction, Formation Nation, Inc. and its subsidiaries – including Inc Authority and Nevada Corporate Headquarters – became wholly owned subsidiaries of LegalZoom.

•In December 2024, we announced a three-year strategic partnership with Accounting Fulfillment Services, LLC, or 1-800Accountant, pursuant to which 1-800Accountant agreed to certain minimum revenue commitments to us across the term of the agreement in exchange for us agreeing to certain obligations to market 1-800Accountant services to its customers, including agreeing to refer a minimum number of our business formation customers to 1-800Accountant in order to offer full service do-it-for-me tax and bookkeeping solutions to our customers. We expect this shift in the way we commercialize our tax offering to be a revenue headwind in 2025.

•As of the date of this filing, the nationwide preliminary injunction against enforcement of the Corporate Transparency Act’s beneficial ownership information report rule is paused and the deadline for most companies to file a beneficial ownership information report is now extended until March 21, 2025. However, given that this reporting requirement continues to face legal challenges, the future of this filing requirement remains unpredictable and we expect it to be a revenue headwind in 2025.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that our future performance will depend on many factors, including the following:

•Macroeconomic factors. Adverse changes in, or uncertainty with respect to, general macroeconomic, political, regulatory and market conditions can negatively impact consumer spending patterns, the success of existing small businesses and the formation of new small businesses. While we continue to actively monitor the impacts of the evolving macroeconomic environment on all aspects of our business, future negative or decelerating impacts from factors such as inflation, tariffs, higher interest rates, regulatory obstacles or changes in laws and regulations remain uncertain.

•Our share of business formations. In 2024, business formations represented the largest share of our total transaction orders. Business formations act as an entrance point for many customers to the LegalZoom ecosystem, where they then often purchase a mix of transaction and subscription offerings alongside and after the initial formation transaction. As a result, our operating results depend on the continuation of new business formations in the U.S. and even more so, on our ability to increase our share of these formations.

•Ability to enhance customer lifetime value. Our future performance depends on our ability to integrate new products and services into our LegalZoom ecosystem and to increase recurring revenue through subscription offerings. As we continue to test new and existing products and services in order to optimize our product line-up, including testing various commercialization strategies for those offerings, we have experienced and expect to continue to experience increased volatility across

34

our key business metrics. In addition, in an effort to enhance customer lifetime value, we intend to continue to invest in improving our customer experience, which includes investments in our educational content and improving our website and mobile experience.

•Ability to integrate experts. We believe that our expert offerings significantly expand our addressable market. We aim to increase the consumption of our higher-cost expert offerings through targeted cross-selling and promotion of our products, as well as by improving the platforms through which our customers and experts interact. The extent to which we are able to integrate experts into our LegalZoom ecosystem and increase the consumption of our expert offerings by new and existing customers will impact our future results of operations.

Key Components of our Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate revenue from the sources identified below.

Transaction revenue—Transaction revenue is primarily generated from our customized legal document services upon fulfillment of these services. Transaction revenue includes filing fees and is net of cancellations, promotional discounts, sales allowances and credit reserves. Tax preparation services are recognized at the point in time when the customer’s tax return is filed and accepted by the applicable government authority. We also earn fees from third-party providers from leads generated to such providers through our online legal platform.

Subscription revenue—Subscription revenue is generated primarily from subscriptions to our registered agent, compliance packages, attorney advice, legal forms, tax and accounting, virtual mail and e-signature services, and software-as-a-service, or SaaS, accounting solution subscriptions and SaaS subscriptions in the U.K. We generally recognize revenue from our subscriptions ratably over the subscription term. Subscription terms generally range from thirty days to one year. Subscription revenue includes the transaction price allocated to bundled free trials for our subscription services and is net of promotional discounts, cancellations, sales allowances and credit reserves and payments to third-party service providers such as legal plan law firms.

For transaction and subscription revenue, we generally collect payments and fees at the time orders are placed and prior to services being rendered. We record amounts collected for services that have not been performed as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet. The transaction price that we record is generally based on the contractual amounts and is reduced for estimated sales allowances for price concessions, charge-backs, sales credits and refunds, which are accounted for as variable consideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize.

See the section titled “—Critical Accounting Estimates—Revenue Recognition” below for a description of the accounting policies related to revenue recognition, including arrangements that contain multiple deliverables.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue includes all costs of providing and fulfilling our services. Cost of revenue primarily includes government filing fees, costs of fulfillment, customer care, including the cost of credentialed professionals for tax, and payroll services, and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, and costs of independent contractors for document preparation, telecommunications and data center costs, amortization of acquired developed technology, depreciation and amortization of network computers, equipment and internal-use software, printing, shipping and handling charges, credit and debit card fees, allocated overhead, legal document kit expenses, and sales and use taxes. We defer direct and incremental costs primarily related to government filing fees incurred prior to the associated service meeting the criteria for revenue recognition. These contract assets are recognized as cost of revenue in the same period the related revenue is recognized.

Gross profit and gross margin

Gross profit, or revenue less cost of revenue, and gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of revenue, have been and will continue to be affected by various factors, primarily the mix between transaction and subscription revenue. Our long-term gross margin expansion is also expected to be driven by automation improvements and digitization efforts. Further, our acquisitions of other companies have negatively impacted our gross margin in the past, and any such future acquisitions could have a similar effect.

We expect our gross margin to increase modestly over the longer term as we continue to focus on growing higher-margin subscription revenue and invest in fulfillment automation technologies. In addition, our gross margin could fluctuate from period to period due to fulfillment rates and seasonality.

35

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses consist primarily of sales and marketing, technology and development, general and administrative expenses, and to a lesser extent, impairments of goodwill, long-lived assets and other assets.

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist of customer acquisition media costs, compensation and related benefits, including stock-based compensation for marketing and sales personnel, media production, public relations and other promotional activities, general business development activities, an allocation of depreciation and amortization and allocated overhead. Customer acquisition media costs consist primarily of search engine marketing, television and social media costs. Marketing and advertising costs to promote our services are expensed in the period incurred. Media production costs are expensed the first time the advertisement is aired.

We intend to continue to invest in sales and marketing to drive additional revenue, further penetrate our expanding addressable market, and build on our digital brand leadership and awareness. We anticipate that sales and marketing expenses will continue to be our largest operating expense category for the foreseeable future.

Technology and development

Technology and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and related benefits, including stock-based compensation for technology and development personnel, expenses for outside consultants, an allocation of depreciation and amortization and allocated overhead. These expenses include costs incurred in the development and implementation of our products, websites, mobile applications, online legal platform, research and development and related infrastructure. Technology and development expenses are expensed as incurred, except to the extent that such costs are associated with internal-use software costs that qualify for capitalization.

Excluding stock-based compensation, we expect our technology and development expenses to remain relatively consistent as a percentage of our revenue for the foreseeable future, although our technology and development expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our revenue from period-to-period due to seasonality and the timing and extent of these expenses.

General and administrative

Our general and administrative expenses relate primarily to compensation and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, for executive and corporate personnel, professional and consulting fees, an allocation of depreciation and amortization, allocated overhead and legal costs.

We expect our general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of our revenue over the longer term. However, our general and administrative expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our revenue from period-to-period due to seasonality and the timing and extent of these expenses.

Interest expense

Interest expense consists primarily of amortization of debt issuance costs related to our Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, or 2021 Revolving Facility.

We expect interest expense to remain insignificant in the near term as we have no outstanding indebtedness. However, we would incur interest expense in the longer term should we draw down on our 2021 Revolving Facility or incur other indebtedness.

Interest income

Interest income consists primarily of interest income generated from our investment in money market funds.

Income taxes

Our provision for income taxes consists of current and deferred federal, state and foreign income taxes.

At December 31, 2024, we had federal net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of $16.6 million, which will begin to expire in 2036. At December 31, 2024, we had state NOL carryforwards of $28.8 million, which will begin to expire in 2025 and we had foreign NOL carryforwards of $35.1 million, which can be carried forward indefinitely and are not subject to expiration. In general, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined

36

as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership by certain stockholders over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited.

We had an ownership change in prior years, and as a result certain federal and state NOLs were limited pursuant to Section 382 of the Code. This limitation has been accounted for in calculating our available NOL carryforwards.

Key Business Metrics

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we regularly monitor the following financial and operating metrics to evaluate the growth of our business, measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, identify trends, formulate financial forecasts and make strategic decisions:

Number of business formations

We define the number of business formations in a given period as the number of limited liability company, or LLC, incorporation, not-for-profit and doing business as, or DBA, orders placed on our platform in such period. We consider the number of business formations to be an important metric considering that it is typically the first product or service small business customers purchase on our platform, creating the foundation for additional products and subsequent subscription revenue as customers adopt additional products and services throughout the lifecycle of their business.

We believe that including customers filing DBAs on our platform provides a more accurate representation of the number of newly formed businesses we serve. These transactions are most often completed by sole proprietors who represent potential future transaction and subscription cross-sell opportunities as their businesses mature.

Furthermore, we believe our definition of the number of business formations is most closely aligned with U.S. Census reporting of new applications for Employer Identification Numbers, or EINs, which we believe to be the most relevant source of publicly available U.S. market data.

The below table sets forth the number of business formations for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(in thousands)
Number of business formations482581

We experienced a 17% decrease in business formation transactions during the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to a challenging macroeconomic environment and the exit of certain partner channel relationships in the third quarter of 2023. Overall U.S. business formations declined 5% during the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, based on a review of U.S. Census data revealing new applications for EINs.

Number of transactions

We define the number of transactions in a given period as gross transaction order volume, prior to refunds, on our platform during such period. Transactions may include one or more services purchased at the same time. For example, a customer of our business formation services may choose to form an LLC and purchase an operating agreement and business licenses at the same time. This constitutes a single transaction. Refunds, or partial refunds, may be issued under certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of our customer satisfaction guarantee. We consider the number of transactions to be an important metric considering that our customers generally begin their LegalZoom journey with a transaction, creating the foundation for generating subsequent subscription revenue.

The below table sets forth the number of transactions for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 :

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(in thousands)
Number of transactions1,1231,043

37

We experienced an 8% increase in the number of transactions during the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily from the introduction of our beneficial ownership information report in December 2023 and to a lesser extent an increase in other small business related transactions, including annual reports and corporate dissolutions. These increases were partially offset by the decrease in business formations discussed above.

Average order value

We define average order value for a given period as total transaction revenue divided by total number of transactions in such period. We consider average order value to be an important metric given that it indicates how much customers are spending on average on our platform per transaction.

The below table sets forth the average order value for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
Average order value$219$238

Average order value decreased by 8% during the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease in average order value was primarily driven by a higher mix of lower priced small business-related transactions, including beneficial ownership information reports, and a reduction in the fees earned from third-party providers from leads generated for such providers through our online platforms.

Number of subscription units

We define the number of subscription units in a given period as the number of paid subscriptions at the end of such period, including those that are not yet 60 days past their subscription order dates. Refunds, or partial refunds, may be issued under certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of our customer satisfaction guarantee.

We consider the number of subscription units to be an important metric since subscriptions enable us to increase the lifetime value of a customer through deeper, longer-term relationships. In addition, as we continue to innovate our product line-up, including by testing varying price points for our products and evaluating our commercialization strategy, we believe the number of subscription units, when viewed together with the number of business formations during a particular period, provides insight into the effectiveness of our efforts to drive growth in our subscription business.

Subscriptions typically range from 30 days to one year in duration and the vast majority of our new subscriptions originate from business formation orders and have an annual term. Our customers can have multiple subscriptions at the end of a period.

The below table sets forth the number of subscription units as of December 31, 2024 and 2023:

As of December 31,
20242023
(in thousands)
Number of subscription units1,7661,545

We achieved 14% growth in the number of subscription units from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024, primarily driven by an increase in forms and e-signature and accounting solution subscriptions resulting from the bundling of these products into certain business formation offerings and an increase in compliance subscriptions. Growth in subscription units as of December 31, 2024 was partially offset by the discontinuation of new customer acquisition for our tax offering.

On a sequential basis, the number of subscription units as of December 31, 2024 increased 3% from 1,717 thousand subscription units as of September 30, 2024.

Average revenue per subscription unit

We define average revenue per subscription unit, or ARPU, as of a given date as subscription revenue for the twelve-month period ended on such date, or LTM, divided by the average of the number of subscription units at the beginning and end of the LTM period. We consider ARPU to be an important metric because it helps to illustrate our ability to provide and monetize higher value subscriptions. In addition, when viewed

38

together with subscription units, ARPU provides insight into the impact that higher-value subscriptions have on our ability to grow our subscription units.

The below table sets forth ARPU as of December 31, 2024 and 2023:

As of December 31,
20242023
Average revenue per subscription unit$263$277

ARPU declined 5% as of December 31, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023 driven primarily by pricing changes to our compliance related subscriptions and virtual mail subscriptions. ARPU as of December 31, 2024 was flat sequentially compared to September 30, 2024.

Annual small business retention rate

We define annual small business retention rate as the percentage of small business subscription units active as of the last day of the quarter one year ago that were still active subscriptions 12 months later. Small business subscription units represent our subscriptions targeted at our small business customers and include subscriptions for our registered agent and compliance services, our tax solutions, our small business legal advisory plan and subscriptions acquired through our purchase of Earth Class Mail Inc. and Revvsales Inc., and exclude subscriptions from our enterprise customers, our operations in the U.K. and our consumer legal advisory plan. Annual small business retention rate includes both monthly and annual subscription units and reflects all subscription unit attrition, including as a result of actual business failures of certain of our customers. Our annual small business retention rate as of December 31, 2024 was approximately 63%.

We expect annual retention rate to fluctuate as we continue to test new products, subscription term lengths and price points and seek to optimize our product offerings across our lineup. While there may be a general correlation between annual small business retention rate and our ability to increase customer lifetime value and the growth of our customer base, we do not view it as a predictor of future revenue given the varying needs of a small business during its lifecycle and the varying use cases of the products underlying our subscription units.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for each of the periods indicated. The period-to-period comparison of financial results should not be considered as a prediction or indicative of our future results.

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(in thousands)
Revenue$681,881$660,727
Cost of revenue(1)(2)240,093239,263
Gross profit441,788421,464
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing(1)(2)207,684210,872
Technology and development(1)(2)89,58483,181
General and administrative(1)(2)108,939106,352
Total operating expenses406,207400,405
Income from operations35,58121,059
Interest expense(446)(493)
Interest income7,8509,307
Other income (expense), net981,621
Income before income taxes43,08331,494
Provision for income taxes13,12017,541
Net income$29,963$13,953

39

(1)Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(in thousands)
Cost of revenue$5,833$4,318
Sales and marketing8,0776,096
Technology and development19,57318,899
General and administrative38,02736,702
Total stock-based compensation expense$71,510$66,015

Stock-based compensation expense increased for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 due to time-based restricted stock units, or RSUs, RSUs with performance and market conditions, and RSUs with market conditions granted to eligible employees and members of our senior leadership team in 2024. Refer to Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(2)Includes depreciation and amortization expense for our property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software and intangible assets as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(in thousands)
Cost of revenue$18,902$12,772
Sales and marketing3,7365,286
Technology and development7,6884,184
General and administrative4,6013,141
Total depreciation and amortization expense$34,927$25,383

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023

Revenue

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Revenue by type
Transaction$245,692$247,780$(2,088)(1%)
Subscription436,189412,94723,2426%
Total revenue$681,881$660,727$21,1543%

The 3% increase in total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 was driven by an increase in subscription revenue. Subscription revenue was 64% and 62% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and transaction revenue was 36% and 38% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Transaction revenue decreased 1% year-over-year for the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to a 17% decrease in business formations and a reduction in fees earned from third-party providers from leads generated from such providers through our online platform, partially offset by the introduction of our beneficial ownership information report and an increase in other small business related transactions, including annual reports and dissolutions.

Subscription revenue increased 6% year-over-year for the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to our compliance-related subscriptions and legal advisory subscriptions, partially offset by the discontinuation

40

of new customer acquisition for our tax offerings and the exit of certain channel partner relationships in the third quarter of 2023.

Cost of revenue

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Cost of revenue$240,093$239,263$830%

Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $0.8 million mainly due to a $6.1 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense primarily resulting from higher capitalization of internal-use software development costs and a $1.5 million increase in stock-based compensation expense, partially offset by a $4.8 million decrease in filing fees and a $3.3 million decrease in third party staffing fees. The decrease in filing fees was primarily driven by the decrease in business formations during the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023.

Gross profit

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Gross profit$441,788$421,464$20,3245%

The increase in gross profit was driven by a $21.2 million increase in revenue partially offset by a $0.8 million increase in cost of revenue as discussed above.

Sales and marketing

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Sales and marketing$207,684$210,872$(3,188)(2%)

Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2024 decreased by $3.2 million primarily due to a $15.4 million reduction in payroll and related benefits, partially offset by a $12.2 million increase in customer acquisition media spend. The decrease in payroll and related benefits was largely due to decreased sales and marketing headcount. Customer acquisition media spend was $157.6 million and $145.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, as we continued to invest in expanding our customer base and building our digital brand leadership and awareness.

Technology and development

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Technology and development$89,584$83,181$6,4038%

Technology and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased primarily due to an increase in payroll and related benefits largely due to increased technology and development headcount during the year ended December 31, 2024.

41

General and administrative

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
General and administrative$108,939$106,352$2,5872%

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased primarily due to a $1.4 million increase in severance and related termination benefits costs primarily related to the reduction of our global workforce during the year ended December 31, 2024, and a $1.3 million increase in stock-based compensation.

Interest expense

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Interest expense$446$493$(47)(10%)

Interest expense consists primarily of amortization of debt issuance costs related to our 2021 Revolving Facility.

Interest income

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Interest income$7,850$9,307$(1,457)(16%)

Interest income consists of interest income generated from our money market investments.

Other income (expense), net

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Other income (expense), net$98$1,621$(1,523)(94%)

The change in other income (expense), net, between 2024 and 2023 was primarily due to changes in foreign currency movements related to our intercompany loans which were denominated in British Pound Sterling, or GBP.

Provision for income taxes

Year Ended December 31,
20242023$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Provision for income taxes$13,120$17,541$(4,421)(25%)
Effective tax rate30%56%

The $4.4 million favorable change in our provision for income taxes in 2024 as compared to 2023 was primarily due to lower non-deductible stock-based compensation, lower shortfalls on stock-based compensation and a decrease in unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023.

42

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

For a discussion related to the results of operations and changes in financial condition for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, refer to Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, which was filed with the SEC on February 29, 2024.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

We fund our operations and capital expenditures from cash flows from operating activities. Our primary requirements for liquidity and capital are to finance working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2024, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents of $142.1 million, which consisted of cash on deposit with banks and money market funds, of which approximately $3.3 million related to our foreign subsidiaries. Our cash and cash equivalents decreased by $83.7 million from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024, primarily as a result of purchases of property and equipment and stock repurchases, partially offset by cash provided by operating activities during the year. Subsequent to year end, we used $50.1 million of cash in connection with our acquisition of all of the outstanding equity interests of Formation Nation.

We currently anticipate that our available cash, cash equivalents and cash provided by operating activities will be sufficient to meet our operational cash needs for at least the next twelve months and in the foreseeable future. We have the ability to supplement our liquidity needs with borrowings under our 2021 Revolving Facility. In addition, we previously announced our intention to sell our operating headquarters in Austin, Texas, which is discussed in more detail in Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. During the fourth quarter of 2024, we entered into a purchase and sale agreement for the sale of this property for a purchase price of $37.8 million, which is expected to close on March 31, 2025.

We have historically considered the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to be indefinitely reinvested, and accordingly no taxes have been provided on such earnings. We continue to evaluate our plans for reinvestment or repatriation of unremitting foreign earnings and have not changed our previous indefinite reinvestment determination following the enactment of the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. We have not repatriated funds to the U.S. to satisfy domestic liquidity needs, nor do we anticipate the need to do so. If we determine that all or a portion of our foreign earnings are no longer indefinitely reinvested, we may be subject to foreign withholding taxes and U.S. state income taxes.

In October 2023, our board of directors approved a stock repurchase program, pursuant to which our management is authorized to repurchase up to $100.0 million of shares of our common stock from time to time. In May 2024, our board of directors approved a $75.0 million increase in the stock repurchase program and in November 2024, our board of directors approved an additional $40.0 million increase in the stock repurchase program. At December 31, 2024, approximately $50.0 million remained available for future repurchases of our common stock under the stock repurchase program. For additional information regarding our stock repurchase programs, refer to Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Borrowings

2021 Revolving Facility

On July 2, 2021, we entered into our $150.0 million 2021 Revolving Facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent. The 2021 Revolving Facility, as amended, provides for the issuance of up to $20.0 million of letters of credit as well as borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans, in an amount of up to $10.0 million. At December 31, 2024, we had no borrowings outstanding and $150.0 million was available for use under our 2021 Revolving Facility.

Subject to the satisfaction of certain criteria, we will be able to increase the 2021 Revolving Facility by an amount equal to the sum of (i) the greater of $90.0 million and 75% of consolidated last twelve months cash earnings before interest expense, tax, depreciation and amortization, or LTM CEBITDA, plus (ii) unused amounts under the general debt basket (i.e., an amount equal to the greater of $50.0 million and an equivalent percentage of consolidated LTM CEBITDA), plus (iii) an unlimited amount so long as we are in pro forma compliance with the Financial Covenant (as defined below), in each case, with the consent of the lenders participating in the increase.

We are required to pay a commitment fee in respect of unutilized commitments under the 2021 Revolving Facility. The commitment fee is, initially, 0.35% per annum. The commitment fee is subject to a reduction of 0.10% if the total net first lien leverage ratio does not exceed 3.50 to 1.00. We are also required to pay

43

customary letter of credit fees and agency fees. At December 31, 2024, the interest rate applicable to the 2021 Revolving Facility was subject to a 1.0% floor and was at a rate equal to the greatest of: (i) the administrative agent’s prime rate; (ii) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1.0%; and (iii) the secured overnight financing rate, or SOFR, plus a 0.10% credit spread adjustment to the SOFR benchmark, or Adjusted Term SOFR, plus 1.00%; provided that if the Adjusted Term SOFR is less than zero, the Adjusted Term SOFR shall be deemed to be zero. The interest rate margins under the 2021 Revolving Facility are subject to a reduction of 0.25% and a further reduction of 0.25% if the total net first lien leverage ratio does not exceed 3.50 to 1.00 and 2.50 to 1.00, respectively.

We have the option to voluntarily repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to SOFR loans. There is no scheduled amortization under the 2021 Revolving Facility. The principal amount outstanding is due and payable in full at maturity on July 1, 2026.

Obligations under the 2021 Revolving Facility are guaranteed by our existing and future direct and indirect material wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. The 2021 Revolving Facility is secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the borrower and the guarantors, subject to certain exceptions.

The 2021 Revolving Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; create or incur liens; pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock; merge, liquidate and make asset sales; change lines of business; change our fiscal year; incur restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions and create liens; modify our organizational documents; make investments, loans and advances; and enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

The 2021 Revolving Facility requires compliance with a total net first lien leverage ratio not to exceed 4.50 to 1.00, or the Financial Covenant. The Financial Covenant will be tested at quarter-end only if the total principal amount of all revolving loans, swingline loans and drawn letters of credit that have not been reimbursed exceeds 35% of the total commitments under the 2021 Revolving Facility on the last day of such fiscal quarter.

Cash flows

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities135,639124,308
Net cash used in investing activities(35,696)(31,555)
Net cash used in financing activities(183,285)(56,150)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(313)34
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents(83,655)36,637

For a discussion of our cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2022, refer to Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, which was filed with the SEC on February 29, 2024.

Net cash provided by operating activities

Our largest source of operating cash is cash collections from our customers for our transaction products and subscription services. Our primary uses of cash in operating activities are for our fulfillment, production and customer care costs, employee salaries and benefits, sales and marketing expenses and third party consulting expenses. Net cash provided by operating activities is impacted by our net income adjusted for certain non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization expense, stock-based compensation and impairments of long-lived assets, as well as the effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities.

In 2024, cash provided by operating activities was $135.6 million resulting from a net income of $30.0 million, adjusted for stock-based compensation and other non-cash expenses of $104.9 million and net cash flows provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $0.8 million. The $0.8 million of net cash flows provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities included a $6.6 million increase in deferred revenue largely due to the growth of our subscription units, which are predominantly billed in advance of our revenue recognition, and a net $0.5 million decrease in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets,

44

partially offset by a $6.9 million decrease in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, and operating lease liabilities due to the timing of our payments

In 2023, cash provided by operating activities was $124.3 million resulting from a net income of $14.0 million, adjusted for stock-based compensation and other non-cash expenses of $96.8 million and net cash flows provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $13.6 million. The $13.6 million of net cash flows provided from changes in our operating assets and liabilities included a net $6.8 million increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, and operating lease liabilities due to the timing of our payments, a $3.3 million increase in deferred revenue largely due to growth of our subscription units, which are predominantly billed in advance of our revenue recognition, and a $3.0 million decrease in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Net cash used in investing activities

Our primary investing activities have consisted of capital expenditures to purchase property and equipment necessary to support our customer contact center, network and operations, the capitalization of internal-use software necessary to develop and maintain our platform and deliver new products and features, which provide value to our customers, business acquisitions and investments in other companies. As our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures to continue to increase.

In 2024, net cash used in investing activities was $35.7 million, resulting primarily from purchase of property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software.

In 2023, net cash used in investing activities was $31.6 million, resulting primarily from purchase of property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software.

Net cash used in financing activities

Our primary uses of cash in financing activities are for repurchases of common stock and settlements of stock options and RSUs. Net cash provided by financing activities is primarily impacted by exercises of stock options by our employees and issuances of common stock.

In 2024, net cash used in financing activities was $183.3 million, primarily for the repurchase of common stock under our stock repurchase program.

In 2023, net cash used in financing activities was $56.2 million, primarily for the repurchase of common stock under our 2022 stock repurchase program.

Material Cash Requirements

We believe our current cash and cash equivalents, as well as cash expected to be generated by future operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our material cash requirements for the next twelve months. Our material cash requirements include the below contractual and other obligations:

Commitments

We have non-cancelable agreements with various vendors, which require us to pay $36.4 million over a three-year period, of which $25.2 million remains to be paid as of December 31, 2024.

Lease Obligations

At December 31, 2024, we had various non-cancelable operating leases for office space, which expire between June 2025 and February 2033. At December 31, 2024, we had total minimum operating lease maturities of $8.8 million, $1.9 million of which mature within twelve months. See Note 8 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our future operating lease payments.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, which are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, we use certain non-GAAP financial measures, as described below, to understand and evaluate our core operating performance. These non-GAAP financial measures, which may be different from similarly titled measures used by other companies, are presented to enhance investors’ overall understanding of our financial performance and liquidity and should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information about our financial performance and liquidity, enhance the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects and allow for greater transparency with respect to important measures used by our management for financial and operational decision-making. We are presenting these non-GAAP

45

measures to assist investors in seeing our financial performance using a management view and because we believe that these measures provide an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core financial performance over multiple periods with other companies in our industry.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) adjusted to exclude interest expense, interest income, provision for (benefit from) income taxes, depreciation and amortization, other expense (income), net, stock-based compensation, impairment of goodwill, long-lived and other assets, restructuring expenses, legal expenses, transaction-related expenses and certain non-recurring income and expenses from time to time. Our Adjusted EBITDA financial measure differs from GAAP in that it excludes certain items of income and expense. We define Adjusted EBITDA margin as Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. We define net income (loss) margin as net income (loss) as a percentage of revenue based on our consolidated financial statements.

Adjusted EBITDA is one of the primary performance measures used by our management and our board of directors to understand and evaluate our financial performance and operating trends, including period-to-period comparisons, prepare and approve our annual budget, develop short and long-term operational plans and determine appropriate compensation plans for our employees. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations in the same manner as our management team and board of directors. In assessing our performance, we exclude certain expenses that we believe are not comparable period over period or that we believe are not indicative of our underlying operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation of, or as an alternative to, measures prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of Adjusted EBITDA rather than net income (loss), which is the nearest GAAP equivalent of Adjusted EBITDA. Some of these limitations include that the non-GAAP financial measure:

•may be calculated differently by other companies in our industry, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure;

•does not reflect our capital expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

•excludes depreciation and amortization and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated may be replaced in the future;

•does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

•excludes stock-based compensation expense, which has been, and will continue to be, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy; and

•does not reflect certain other expenses that we do not consider representative of our underlying operating performance, but that reduce cash available to us.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(in thousands)
Reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA
Net income$29,963$13,953
Interest expense446493
Interest income(7,850)(9,307)
Provision for income taxes13,12017,541
Depreciation and amortization34,92725,383
Other (income) expense, net(98)(1,621)
Stock-based compensation71,51066,015
Restructuring costs(1)6,0964,666
Certain non-recurring expenses(2)1,568
Adjusted EBITDA$148,114$118,691

46

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(in thousands)
Net income margin4%2%
Adjusted EBITDA margin22%18%

(1)     For 2024, restructuring costs related to the reduction of our global workforce. For 2023, restructuring costs related to the reduction of our U.S. and U.K. headcount. Restructuring expenses include salary and benefits for the impacted employees and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(2)    Certain non-recurring expenses included costs incurred by us in conjunction with secondary offerings of shares of our common stock by a selling stockholder in September 2023 and November 2023.

The increase in Adjusted EBITDA of $29.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 reflects an increase in revenue of $21.2 million, a reduction in cost of revenue, excluding non-cash and non-recurring items, of $6.8 million, and a $3.0 million decrease in operating expenses, excluding non-cash and non-recurring items.

Free cash flow

Free cash flow is a liquidity measure used by management in evaluating the cash generated by our operations after purchases of property and equipment including capitalized internal-use software. We consider free cash flow to be an important measure because it provides useful information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated by our business that can be used for strategic opportunities, including investing in our business and strengthening our balance sheet. Once our business needs and obligations are met, cash can be used to maintain a strong balance sheet and invest in future growth. The usefulness of free cash flow as an analytical tool has limitations because it excludes certain items that are settled in cash, does not represent residual cash flow available for discretionary expenses, does not reflect our future contractual commitments, and may be calculated differently by other companies in our industry. Accordingly, it should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of other GAAP financial measures, such as net cash used in or provided by operating activities.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to free cash flow:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(in thousands)
Reconciliation of Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities to Free Cash Flow
Net cash provided by operating activities$135,639$124,308
Purchase of property and equipment(35,696)(31,593)
Free cash flow$99,943$92,715

The increase in our free cash flow of $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily due to an $11.3 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities resulted from a $24.1 million increase in net income after adjusting for stock-based compensation and other non-cash items, partially offset by a $12.8 million unfavorable change in our operating assets and liabilities. Free cash flow was also impacted by higher capital expenditures for the purchase of property and equipment, including capitalization of internal-use software.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on certain accounting standards adopted in 2024 and recent accounting announcements that have not yet been required to be implemented and may be applicable to our future operations.

47

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are used for, however not limited to, revenue recognition, sales allowances and credit reserves, available-for-sale debt securities, recoverability of long-lived assets and goodwill, income taxes, commitments and contingencies, valuation of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, valuation of assets in asset acquisitions, fair value of derivative instruments and stock-based compensation. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Our most critical accounting policies are summarized below. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of our other significant accounting policies.

Revenue recognition

We derive our revenue from the following sources:

Transaction revenue—Transaction revenue is primarily generated from our customized legal document services upon fulfillment of these services. Transaction revenue includes filing fees and is net of cancellations, promotional discounts, sales allowances and credit reserves. Tax preparation services are recognized at the point in time when the customer’s tax return is filed and accepted by the applicable government authority. We also earn fees from third party providers from leads generated to such providers through our online legal platform.

Subscription revenue—Subscription revenue is generated primarily from subscriptions to our registered agent, compliance packages, attorney advice, legal forms, tax and accounting, virtual mail and e-signature services, and software-as-a-service, or SaaS, accounting solution subscriptions and SaaS subscriptions in the U.K. We generally recognize revenue from our subscriptions ratably over the subscription term. Subscription terms generally range from thirty days to one year. Subscription revenue includes the transaction price allocated to bundled free trials for our subscription services and is net of promotional discounts, cancellations, sales allowances and credit reserves and payments to third party service providers.

For transaction and subscription revenue, we generally collect payments and fees at the time orders are placed and prior to services being rendered. We record amounts collected for services that have not been performed as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet. The transaction price that we record is generally based on the contractual amounts and is reduced for estimated sales allowances for price concessions, charge-backs, sales credits and refunds, which are accounted for as variable consideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize.

We determine revenue recognition through the following five steps: identification of a contract with a customer; identification of the performance obligations in the contract; determination of the transaction price; allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and recognition of revenue when or as the performance obligations are satisfied.

Our customers generally pay for transactions in advance by credit or debit card except for certain services provided under installment plans where we allow customers to pay for their order in either two, three or twelve equal payments. The first installment due under the installment plans is charged to the customer’s debit or credit card on the date the order is placed, and the remaining installments are generally charged on a monthly basis thereafter. We recognize revenue for the amount we expect to be entitled to for providing the services to our customers. The total fees collected by us for our services include, as applicable, expedited services fees, government filing fees and shipping fees.

Subscription services are generally paid monthly or annually in advance of the subscription period except for SaaS services in the U.K. and virtual mail subscriptions, which are invoiced monthly in arrears. Amounts collected in advance of revenue recognition are recorded in deferred revenue. Customers may pay for services, however, may not provide the necessary information to complete a transaction. We attempt to contact the customer to complete the abandoned order. We recognize revenue on abandoned services, or breakage, when it is likely to occur and the amount can be recognized without significant risk of reversal. We recognize breakage in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer. Judgment is required to determine the amount of breakage and when breakage is likely to occur, which we estimate based on historical data of breakage for similar services.

Services we offer can generally either be purchased on a stand-alone basis or bundled together as part of a package of services. Accordingly, a significant number of our arrangements include multiple performance obligations, such as the preparation of legal documents combined with related document revision, document storage, registered agent services, and free trial periods of our subscriptions. At contract inception, we assess the services promised in our contracts with customers and identify performance obligations for each promise

48

to transfer to the customer a service or bundle of services that is distinct. The identification of distinct performance obligations within our packages may require significant judgment.

The transaction price allocated to each separate performance obligation represents the amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for the services we provide. The transaction price is based on the contractual amounts in our contracts and is reduced for estimated sales allowances for price concessions, charge-backs, sales credits and refunds, which are accounted for as variable consideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize. We only include variable consideration in the transaction price to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. We estimate sales allowances using the expected value method. We recognize a liability or a reduction of accounts receivable, and a reduction to revenue based on the estimated amount of sales allowances. We record sales allowances as a reduction of accounts receivable where we expect not to collect the full amount of the outstanding accounts receivable and we record sales allowances as a liability for estimated refunds or credits where we have collected the amounts due from the customer. We have established a sufficient history of estimating sales allowances given the large number of homogeneous transactions. The majority of our allowances and reserves are known within a relatively short period of time following our balance sheet date. The estimated provision for sales allowances has varied from actual results within ranges consistent with management’s expectations. The transaction price excludes sales taxes.

Contracts with our customers may include options to purchase additional future services, and in the case of subscription services, options to auto-renew the subscription service. Additional consideration attributable to either the option to purchase additional future services or the option to renew are excluded from the transaction price until such time that the option is exercised, unless these options provide a material right to the customer.

For arrangements that contain multiple performance obligations, such as our bundled arrangements, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on estimates of the standalone selling price of each performance obligation within the bundle. For the services we sell on a standalone basis, we use the sales price of these services in the allocation of the transaction price in bundled arrangements. Where we do not sell the service on a standalone basis, we estimate the standalone selling price based on the adjusted market assessment approach or the expected cost plus a margin approach when market information is not observable. In these cases, the determination of the standalone selling price may require significant judgment.

We recognize revenue when we satisfy the performance obligation by transferring the promised good or service to the customer. For our transaction-based services, we generally recognize revenue at a point-in-time when the services are delivered to the customer. For our subscription-based services we generally recognize revenue on a straight-line basis over the subscription term. For our partner-based services, we recognize revenue at a point-in-time when the related performance-based criteria have been met.

We do not have significant financing components in arrangements with our customers.

Principal agent considerations

In certain of our arrangements, another party may be involved in providing services to our customer. We evaluate whether we can recognize revenue gross as a principal or net as an agent. We record revenue on a gross basis when we are the principal in the arrangement. To determine whether we are a principal or an agent, we identify the specified good or service to be provided to the customer and assess whether we control the specified good or service before that good or service is transferred to the customer. We evaluate a number of indicators of whether we control the good or service before it is transferred to the customer, including whether we have primary fulfillment responsibility and obligation to perform the services being sold to the customer; we have latitude in establishing the sales price; and we have inventory risk.

In arrangements in which we are the principal, we record as revenue the amounts we have billed to our customer, net of sales allowance, and we record the fee payable to the third party as cost of revenue. We are the principal in most of our legal document preparation and registered agent services, including legal entity formations and similar arrangements and formation, and since December 2021, tax advisory and preparation services through our fulfilled tax subscription, LZ Tax. For these services, revenue includes filing and similar fees. Our alternative business structures, or ABS, offer legal advisory services that are marketed through our websites. Our ABS provides independent legal advice to our customers and is directly responsible for, and control the fulfillment of, the legal services. Accordingly, for services provided by our ABS, we recognize revenue as the principal.

In arrangements in which we are not the principal, we record revenue on a net basis, which is equal to the amount billed to our customer, net of sales allowances and the fee payable to the third party or partner that is primarily responsible for performing the services for the customer. Except for our Arizona ABS, we are not a law firm in the U.S. and cannot provide legal advice through our U.S. entities. Therefore, the participating independent law firms in our legal plans control the service to the customer and have the primary service obligation to provide attorney consultations to our customers, for which we pay the law firms a monthly fee.

49

For these arrangements, we recognize revenue on a net basis as an agent. For other services provided by third parties, including deed transfer, accounting, business data protection, revenue is recognized net of fees payable to third-parties. For partner revenue, we receive a fee for the referral of our customer to the partner or we retain a portion of the fee paid by the customer and share the remainder with the partner. Our partner controls the service to the customer and the partner is responsible for fulfilling the referred service to the customer, accordingly, we recognize revenue for these arrangements on a net basis.

Revenue includes shipping and handling fees charged to customers.

Business combinations

The results of businesses acquired in a business combination are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. Purchase accounting results in assets and liabilities of an acquired business being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. Any excess purchase consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill.

We perform valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for an acquisition and allocate the purchase price to their respective net tangible and intangible assets. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment and estimates. Intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships and developed technology. Judgment and estimates include the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenue and cash flows, the rate of customer subscription non-renewals, discount rates, the estimated level of effort and related costs of reproducing or replacing the assets acquired, and selection of comparable companies. We generally engage the assistance of third-party valuation specialists in determining fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and contingent consideration, if any, in a business combination. Amounts recorded in a business combination may change during the measurement period, which is a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, as additional information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available.

Transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate fair value of the consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of the assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, however, it is subject to impairment testing at the reporting unit level annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired.

In assessing impairment, we have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether or not a reporting unit is impaired. Alternatively, we may perform a quantitative impairment assessment or if the qualitative assessment indicates that it is more-likely-than-not that the reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative analysis is required. The quantitative analysis compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit with its respective carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount including goodwill, goodwill is considered not to be impaired. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount including goodwill, then a goodwill impairment charge is recorded by the amount that the carrying value exceeds the fair value, up to the carrying amount of goodwill.

For our goodwill impairment test performed in the fourth quarter of 2024 and 2023, the fair value of our consolidated reporting unit significantly exceeded our carrying value.

Loss contingencies

We record loss contingencies in our consolidated financial statements in the period when they are probable and reasonably estimable. If the amount is probable and we are able to reasonably estimate a range of loss, we accrue the amount that is the best estimate within that range, and if no amount is better than any other in the range, we record the amount at the low end in the range. We disclose those contingencies that we believe are at least reasonably possible but not probable regardless of whether they are reasonably estimable. The likelihood of a loss is determined using several factors including the nature of the matter, advice of our internal and external counsel, previous experience and historical and relevant information available to us. The determination of the likelihood of loss or the range of loss requires significant management judgment. We expense legal costs for defending legal proceedings as incurred.

See Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

Income taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been

50

recognized in our consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates anticipated to be in effect when those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

We make judgments in evaluating whether deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income on a jurisdictional basis. A valuation allowance is established if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income. We also consider expectations and risk associated with estimates of future taxable income in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If our assumptions and consequently our estimates, change in the future, the valuation allowance may be increased or decreased, resulting in an increase or decrease, which may be material, to our provision for (benefit from) income taxes and the related impact on our net income (loss).

We recognize tax benefits from an uncertain position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits. If this threshold is met, we measure the tax benefit as the largest amount of the benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We recognize penalties and interest accrued with respect to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision.

See Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on our income taxes.

Stock-based compensation

We estimate the fair value of employee stock-based payment awards on the grant-date and recognize the resulting fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model for estimating the fair value of options granted under our stock option plans that vest based on service and performance conditions. The fair value of restricted stock units, or RSUs, that vest based on service and performance conditions is determined based on the value of the underlying common stock at the date of grant. For awards that contain market conditions, we estimate the fair value using a Monte Carlo simulation model. We record expense for awards that contain performance conditions only to the extent that we determine it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. Expense for awards containing market conditions is not reversed even if the market condition is not achieved. We have elected to treat stock-based payment awards with graded vesting schedules and time-based service conditions as a single award and recognize stock-based compensation on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. Awards with performance or market conditions are recognized using graded vesting.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model and the Monte Carlo simulation model requires us to make certain assumptions including the fair value of our underlying common stock, the expected term, the expected stock price volatility, the risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. These assumptions, other than the fair value of our common stock, are estimated as follows:

•Expected term. The expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. The expected term of options granted is estimated based upon actual historical exercise and post-vesting cancellations, adjusted for expected future exercise behavior. The expected term of restricted stock units is defined as the remaining term from the grant date to the end of the performance period.

•Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates on the U.S. government securities appropriate for the expected term of our stock options and restricted stock units with market condition.

•Expected volatility. Because our common stock has limited publicly traded history, we estimate the expected volatility from the historical volatility of selected public companies with comparable characteristics to us, including similarity in size, lines of business, market capitalization and revenue and financial leverage. We determine the expected volatility assumption using the frequency of daily historical prices of comparable public companies’ common stock for a period equal to the expected term of the options. We periodically assess the comparable companies and other relevant factors used to measure expected volatility for future stock option and restricted stock units with market conditions grants.

•Expected dividend yield. The dividend yield assumption is based on our history and expectation of dividend payouts. Other than the special dividends declared in 2015, 2017, 2018, 2020 and 2021 which resulted in corresponding reductions in the exercise price of the stock options, we have not declared any cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

51

•Common stock valuation. We utilize our common stock values as traded in the public market as an input into our valuation models.

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures are estimated based on our historical experience and future expectations.

If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the Monte Carlo simulation model change significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

The determination of stock-based compensation is inherently uncertain and subjective and involves the application of valuation models and assumptions requiring the use of judgment. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, and our net income (loss) for 2024, 2023 and 2022 may have been materially different.

Options. The weighted-average assumptions that were used to calculate the grant-date fair-value of our stock option grants were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Expected life (years)5.95.6
Risk-free interest rate3.4%-3.8%2.6%
Expected volatility50.4%-50.7%48%
Expected dividend yield

Restricted stock units. RSUs that vest upon the satisfaction of service-based vesting conditions, which is typically over a four-year period. For these RSUs, we recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of 4 years. RSUs with performance or market conditions are recognized using graded vesting.

The assumptions that were used to calculate the grant-date fair value of our RSUs with a performance and market conditions granted during the year ended December 31, 2024, using a Monte Carlo simulation model were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2024
Expected life (years)0.4-0.8
Risk-free interest rate5.2%-5.4%
Expected volatility47.4%-66.1%
Expected dividend yield

The assumptions that were used to calculate the grant-date fair value of the RSUs with a market vesting condition granted in July 2024 using a Monte Carlo simulation model were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2024
Expected life (years)5
Risk-free interest rate4.2%
Expected volatility59.4%
Expected dividend yield

52

The assumptions that were used to calculate the grant-date fair value of the RSUs with a market vesting condition granted in November 2024 using a Monte Carlo simulation model were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2024
Expected life (years)3
Risk-free interest rate4.2%
Expected volatility60.9%
Expected dividend yield

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001286139-24-000031.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-02-29. Report date: 2023-12-31.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current plans, expectations and beliefs involving risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in the "Risk Factors" section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See “Forward-Looking Statements” preceding Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

LegalZoom is a leading online platform for business formation in the U.S. Our unique position at business inception allows us to become a trusted business advisor, supporting the evolving needs of a new business throughout its lifecycle, and we have expanded our platform to include professional expertise and other products, both legal and non-legal, to better meet the needs of small businesses. Driven by a mission to unleash entrepreneurship, we deliver comprehensive legal, tax, accounting and compliance products and expertise for small business owners through easy-to-use technology. We operate across all 50 states and in over 3,000 counties in the U.S., with over two decades of experience in simplifying the legal and compliance process for our customers and empowering entrepreneurs to make their dream a reality.

Recent Developments and Updates

•In November 2023, LucasZoom, LLC, or the selling stockholder, sold 15,099,993 shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering at a price paid to the selling stockholder of $10.84 per share. We did not offer any shares of common stock in the secondary offering and did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock in the secondary offering. Upon the closing of the offering, the selling stockholder ceased to own any shares of our common stock.

•In November 2023, we announced the launch of a new business license offering. This new offering is built on a proprietary nationwide database that matches a small business profile with the required licenses and permits at all levels of government.

•In December 2023, we launched a new Beneficial Ownership Information Report to help customers satisfy the federally mandated beneficial ownership information reporting rule under the Corporate Transparency Act, which went into effect on January 1, 2024.

•In 2023, we exited certain channel partnership relationships as part of our focus on profitable, customer-led growth. In the first half of 2024, we expect these exits to negatively impact business formations and, in turn, our subscription unit growth, as business formations act as an entrance point for many customers into the LegalZoom ecosystem.

•We are continuing to scale up LZ Tax and we are learning more about our tax customers in the process. As we optimize our LZ Tax offerings to better meet the needs of our target customers, we are seeing and expect to continue to see a decrease in the number of customers purchasing and retaining an LZ Tax subscription unit. While this decrease will produce a revenue headwind throughout 2024, we expect increased retention of our LZ Tax subscription units over the long term.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that our future performance will depend on many factors, including the following:

•Macroeconomic factors. Adverse changes in general macroeconomic, political, regulatory and market conditions can negatively impact consumer spending patterns, the success of existing small businesses and the formation of new small businesses. While we continue to actively monitor the impacts of the evolving macroeconomic environment on all aspects of our business, future negative or decelerating impacts from factors such as inflation, higher interest rates, regulatory obstacles or changes in laws (including changes in tax laws and regulations) remain uncertain.

•Our share of business formations. In 2023, business formations represented the largest share of our total transaction orders. Business formations act as an entrance point for many customers to the LegalZoom ecosystem, where they then often purchase a mix of transaction and subscription offerings alongside and after the initial formation transaction. As a result, our operating results depend on the continuation of new business formations in the U.S. and even more so, on our ability to increase our share of these formations. In an effort to increase our share of new business formations in the U.S., we have introduced and may continue to introduce lower-priced products and services to target more price conscious customers.

34

•Ability to enhance customer lifetime value. Our goal is for customers to grow their use of our platform post-formation to include additional transaction products and subscription services as their businesses evolve and that, in turn, customers increase their cumulative spend with us over time. As a result, our future performance depends on our ability to integrate new products and services into our LegalZoom ecosystem and to increase recurring revenue through subscription offerings. As we continue to test new and existing products and services in order to optimize our product line-up, we expect increased volatility across our key business metrics. In addition, in an effort to enhance customer lifetime value, we intend to continue to invest in improving our customer experience, which includes investments in our educational content and improving our website and mobile experience.

•Ability to integrate experts. We believe that our expert offerings significantly expand our addressable market. We aim to increase the consumption of our higher-cost expert offerings through targeted cross-selling and promotion of our products, as well as by improving the platforms through which our customers and experts interact. Our ability to further integrate experts into our LegalZoom ecosystem and to increase the consumption of our expert offerings by new and existing customers is key to our future success.

Key Components of our Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate revenue from the sources identified below. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2023, we no longer present partner revenue on a standalone basis and partner revenue is now included within transaction and subscription revenue. This change had no impact on total revenue. Prior period disclosures and amounts have been conformed to the current period presentation.

Transaction revenue—Transaction revenue is primarily generated from our customized legal document services upon fulfillment of these services. Transaction revenue includes filing fees and is net of cancellations, promotional discounts, sales allowances and credit reserves. Tax preparation services are recognized at the point in time when the customer’s tax return is filed and accepted by the applicable government authority. We also earn fees from third-party providers from leads generated to such providers through our online legal platform.

Subscription revenue—Subscription revenue is generated primarily from subscriptions to our registered agent, compliance packages, attorney advice, legal forms, tax and accounting, virtual mail and e-signature services, and software-as-a-service, or SaaS, accounting solution subscriptions and SaaS subscriptions in the U.K. We generally recognize revenue from our subscriptions ratably over the subscription term. Subscription terms generally range from thirty days to one year. Subscription revenue includes the transaction price allocated to bundled free trials for our subscription services and is net of promotional discounts, cancellations, sales allowances and credit reserves and payments to third-party service providers such as legal plan law firms.

For transaction and subscription revenue, we generally collect payments and fees at the time orders are placed and prior to services being rendered. We record amounts collected for services that have not been performed as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet. The transaction price that we record is generally based on the contractual amounts and is reduced for estimated sales allowances for price concessions, charge-backs, sales credits and refunds, which are accounted for as variable consideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize.

See the section titled “—Critical Accounting Estimates—Revenue Recognition” for a description of the accounting policies related to revenue recognition, including arrangements that contain multiple deliverables.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue includes all costs of providing and fulfilling our services. Cost of revenue primarily includes government filing fees, costs of fulfillment, customer care, including the cost of credentialed professionals for tax, and payroll services, and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, and costs of independent contractors for document preparation, telecommunications and data center costs, amortization of acquired developed technology, depreciation and amortization of network computers, equipment and internal-use software, printing, shipping and handling charges, credit and debit card fees, allocated overhead, legal document kit expenses, and sales and use taxes. We defer direct and incremental costs primarily related to government filing fees incurred prior to the associated service meeting the criteria for revenue recognition. These contract assets are recognized as cost of revenue in the same period the related revenue is recognized.

We expect our cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in enhancing our customer experience and in new product development.

35

Gross profit and gross margin

Gross profit, or revenue less cost of revenue, and gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of revenue, have been and will continue to be affected by various factors, primarily the mix between transaction and subscription revenue. Our long-term gross margin expansion is also expected to be driven by automation improvements and digitization efforts. Further, our acquisitions of other companies have negatively impacted our gross margin in the short term, and any such future acquisitions could have a similar effect.

In the short term, we expect our gross profit to increase in absolute dollars but our gross margin to be impacted by higher filing fees as a percentage of revenue due to our offering of free LLC formations, as well as our continued investment in scaling our tax and attorney-assisted legal offerings, which have lower gross margins than other products in our portfolio. However, we expect our gross margin to increase modestly over the longer term as we continue to focus on growing higher-margin subscription revenue and invest in fulfillment automation technologies. In addition, our gross margin could fluctuate from period to period due to fulfillment rates and seasonality.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses consist primarily of sales and marketing, technology and development, general and administrative expenses, and to a lesser extent, impairments of goodwill, long-lived assets and other assets.

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist of customer acquisition media costs, compensation and related benefits, including stock-based compensation for marketing and sales personnel, media production, public relations and other promotional activities, general business development activities, an allocation of depreciation and amortization and allocated overhead. Customer acquisition media costs consist primarily of search engine marketing, television and social media costs. Marketing and advertising costs to promote our services are expensed in the period incurred. Media production costs are expensed the first time the advertisement is aired.

We intend to continue to invest in sales and marketing to drive additional revenue, further penetrate our expanding addressable market, and build on our digital brand leadership and awareness. We anticipate that sales and marketing expenses will continue to be our largest operating expense category for the foreseeable future.

Technology and development

Technology and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, expenses for outside consultants, an allocation of depreciation and amortization and allocated overhead. These expenses include costs incurred in the development and implementation of our products, websites, mobile applications, online legal platform, research and development and related infrastructure. Technology and development expenses are expensed as incurred, except to the extent that such costs are associated with internal-use software costs that qualify for capitalization.

Excluding stock-based compensation, we expect our technology and development expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we invest in new products and services and in production automation technologies to enhance our customer experience. We expect our technology and development expenses to remain relatively consistent or increase as a percentage of our revenue over the long-term, although our technology and development expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our revenue from period-to-period due to seasonality and the timing and extent of these expenses.

General and administrative

Our general and administrative expenses relate primarily to compensation and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, for executive and corporate personnel, professional and consulting fees, an allocation of depreciation and amortization, allocated overhead and legal costs.

We will continue to incur stock-based compensation expense related to certain modifications to equity awards that occurred in connection with our IPO through 2024; however, we expect our general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of our revenue over the longer term. Our general and administrative expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our revenue from period-to-period due to seasonality and the timing and extent of these expenses.

36

Interest expense

Interest expense consists primarily of amortization of debt issuance costs related to our Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, or 2021 Revolving Facility.

We expect interest expense to remain insignificant in the near term as we have no outstanding indebtedness. However, we would incur interest expense in the longer term should we draw down on our 2021 Revolving Facility or incur other indebtedness.

Interest income

Interest income consists primarily of interest income generated from our investment in money market funds.

Income taxes

Our provision for income taxes consists of current and deferred federal, state and foreign income taxes.

At December 31, 2023, we had federal net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of $17.2 million, which will begin to expire in 2032. At December 31, 2023, we had state NOL carryforwards of $38.2 million, which will begin to expire in 2028 and we had foreign NOL carryforwards of $30.3 million, which can be carried forward indefinitely and are not subject to expiration. In general, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership by certain stockholders over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited.

We had an ownership change in prior years, and as a result certain federal and state NOLs were limited pursuant to Section 382 of the Code. This limitation has been accounted for in calculating our available NOL carryforwards.

Key Business Metrics

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we regularly monitor the following financial and operating metrics to evaluate the growth of our business, measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, identify trends, formulate financial forecasts and make strategic decisions:

Number of business formations

We define the number of business formations in a given period as the number of limited liability company, or LLC, incorporation, not-for-profit and doing business as, or DBA, orders placed on our platform in such period, excluding such orders from our operations in the United Kingdom, or U.K. We consider the number of business formations to be an important metric considering that it is typically the first product small business customers purchase on our platform, creating the foundation for additional purchases of transaction and subscription offerings throughout the lifecycle of their business, deepening our relationship with our customers.

We believe that including customers filing DBAs on our platform provides a more accurate representation of the number of newly formed businesses we serve. These transactions are most often completed by sole proprietors who represent potential future transaction and subscription cross-sell opportunities as their businesses mature.

Furthermore, we believe our definition of the number of business formations is most closely aligned with U.S. Census reporting of new applications for EINs, which we believe to be the most relevant source of publicly available U.S. market data.

The below table sets forth the number of business formations for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
(in thousands)
Number of business formations581474

We experienced a 23% increase in business formation transactions during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. Our business formation transactions increased during the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to an increase in LLC formations driven by our nationwide

37

roll-out of free LLC formations beginning in the first quarter of 2023. This increase in business formation transactions was partially offset by the exit of certain channel partner relationships in the third quarter of 2023. Our business formation transactions outpaced the 8% increase in overall U.S. business formations during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, based on a review of U.S. Census data revealing new applications for EINs.

Number of transactions

We define the number of transactions in a given period as gross transaction order volume, prior to refunds, on our platform during such period. Transactions may include one or more services purchased at the same time. For example, a customer of our business formation services may choose to form an LLC and purchase an operating agreement and business licenses at the same time. This constitutes a single transaction. Refunds, or partial refunds, may be issued under certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of our customer satisfaction guarantee. We consider the number of transactions to be an important metric considering that our customers generally begin their LegalZoom journey with a transaction, creating the foundation for generating subsequent subscription and partner revenue.

The below table sets forth the number of transactions for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 :

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
(in thousands)
Number of transactions1,043929

We experienced a 12% increase in the number of transactions during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in the number of transactions during the year ended December 31, 2023 resulted primarily from the increase in business formations discussed above, as well as an increase in the number of compliance-related transactions. These increases were partially offset by a 12% reduction in estate planning transactions during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Average order value

We define average order value for a given period as total transaction revenue divided by total number of transactions in such period. We consider average order value to be an important metric given it indicates how much customers are spending on our platform per transaction.

The below table sets forth the average order value for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Average order value$238$281

Average order value decreased by 15% during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in average order value during the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily driven by a 25% decrease in average order value related to our business formations due to the nationwide rollout of free LLC formations during the first quarter of 2023.

We expect variability in average order value throughout 2024 as we lap our exit of certain channel partner relationships and due to changes in the mix of our non-formation transaction products.

Number of subscription units

We define the number of subscription units in a given period as the paid subscriptions at the end of such period, including those that are not yet 60 days past their subscription order dates. Refunds, or partial refunds, may be issued under certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of our customer satisfaction guarantee.

We consider the number of subscription units to be an important metric since subscriptions enable us to increase the lifetime value of a customer through deeper, longer-term relationships. In addition, as we innovate our product line-up and make a free business formation a foundational element of our business model, we believe the number of subscription units, when viewed together with the number of business formations during a particular period, provides insight into the effectiveness of our “freemium” strategy and its ability to drive growth in our subscription business.

38

Subscriptions typically range from 30 days to one year in duration and the vast majority of our new subscriptions originate from business formation orders. Our customers can have multiple subscriptions at the end of a period. For example, a popular combination for a new small business owner is attorney advice and registered agent subscriptions.

The below table sets forth the number of subscription units as of December 31, 2023 and 2022:

As of December 31,
20232022
(in thousands)
Number of subscription units1,5451,441

We achieved 7% growth in our number of subscription units from December 31, 2022 to December 31, 2023, primarily driven by a 4% increase in our registered agent and compliance subscription units, which was dampened by the exit of certain channel partner relationships in the back half of 2023. The increase in subscription units was also driven to a lesser extent by an increase in virtual mail, forms and e-signature subscriptions.

On a sequential basis, the number of subscription units as of December 31, 2023 decreased 1% from 1,568 thousand subscription units as of September 30, 2023.

Average revenue per subscription unit

We define average revenue per subscription unit, or ARPU, as of a given date as subscription revenue for the twelve-month period ended on such date, or LTM, divided by the average of the number of subscription units at the beginning and end of the LTM period. We consider ARPU to be an important metric because it helps to illustrate our ability to provide and monetize higher value subscriptions. In addition, when viewed together with subscription units, ARPU provides insight into the impact that higher-value subscriptions have on our ability to grow our subscription units.

The below table sets forth ARPU as of December 31, 2023 and 2022:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Average revenue per subscription unit$277$259

ARPU increased 7% as of December 31, 2023 as compared to December 31, 2022 driven primarily by a shift in mix of our higher priced subscription offerings. ARPU as of December 31, 2023 was up 4% sequentially compared to September 30, 2023.

Annual small business retention rate

We define annual small business retention rate as the percentage of small business subscription units active as of the last day of the quarter one year ago that were still active subscriptions 12 months later. Small business subscription units represent our subscriptions targeted at our small business customers and include subscriptions for our registered agent and compliance services, LZ Tax, our small business legal advisory plan and subscriptions acquired through our purchase of Earth Class Mail and Revvsales, and exclude subscriptions from our enterprise customers, our operations in the U.K. and our consumer legal advisory plan. Annual small business retention rate includes both monthly and annual subscription units and reflects all subscription unit attrition, including as a result of actual business failures of certain of our customers. Our annual small business retention rate as of December 31, 2023 was approximately 63%.

We expect annual retention rate to fluctuate as we continue to test new products, subscription term lengths and price points and seek to optimize our product offerings across our lineup in connection with our “freemium” strategy. While there may be a general correlation between annual small business retention rate and our ability to increase customer lifetime value and the growth of our customer base, we do not view it as a predictor of future revenue given the varying needs of a small business during its lifecycle and the varying use cases of the products underlying our subscription units.

39

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for each of the periods indicated. The period-to-period comparison of financial results should not be considered as a prediction or indicative of our future results.

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
(in thousands)
Revenue$660,727$619,979
Cost of revenue(1)(2)239,263211,095
Gross profit421,464408,884
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing(1)(2)210,872263,884
Technology and development(1)(2)83,18170,434
General and administrative(1)(2)106,352116,057
Impairment of long-lived assets248
Total operating expenses400,405450,623
Income (loss) from operations21,059(41,739)
Interest expense(493)(260)
Interest income9,3071,803
Other income (expense), net1,621(4,477)
Impairment of other equity security(3,000)
Income (loss) before income taxes31,494(47,673)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes17,5411,060
Net income (loss)$13,953$(48,733)

(1)Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
(in thousands)
Cost of revenue$4,318$2,931
Sales and marketing6,09610,144
Technology and development18,89916,574
General and administrative36,70250,820
Total stock-based compensation expense$66,015$80,469

Stock-based compensation expense decreased for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 due to the modification of certain equity awards in connection with our IPO. Refer to Note 15 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

40

(2)Includes depreciation and amortization expense for our property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software and intangible assets as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
(in thousands)
Cost of revenue$12,772$8,581
Sales and marketing5,2867,014
Technology and development4,1842,834
General and administrative3,1413,316
Total depreciation and amortization expense$25,383$21,745

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

Revenue

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Revenue by type(1)
Transaction$247,780$260,781$(13,001)(5%)
Subscription412,947359,19853,74915%
Total revenue$660,727$619,979$40,7487%

(1)     Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2023, we no longer present partner revenue on a standalone basis and partner revenue is now included within transaction and subscription revenue. This change had no impact on total revenue. Prior period disclosures and amounts have been conformed to the current period presentation.

The increase in total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 was driven by an increase in subscription revenue. Subscription revenue was 62% and 58% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and transaction revenue was 38% and 42% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Transaction revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 decreased due to a 15% decrease in average order value compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, partially offset by a 12% increase in the number of transaction units over the same period. The decrease in average order value for the year ended December 31, 2023 was driven primarily by a 25% decrease in average order value related to our business formations due to the nationwide rollout of free LLC formations during the first quarter of 2023. The overall increase in transaction units during the year ended December 31, 2023 was due to a 23% increase in business formations due primarily to the nationwide rollout of free LLC formations. This increase was partially offset by a 12% reduction in estate planning transactions.

Subscription revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased primarily due to a 7% increase in the number of subscription units as of December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022 and a 7% increase in ARPU compared to December 31, 2022. The increase in subscription units was driven primarily by a 4% increase in our registered agent and compliance subscription units, which was dampened by the exit of certain channel partner relationships in the back half of 2023. The increase in subscription units was also driven to a lesser extent by an increase in virtual mail, forms and e-signature subscriptions. ARPU increased 7% compared to December 31, 2022 driven primarily by a shift in the mix of our higher priced subscription offerings.

Cost of revenue

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Cost of revenue$239,263$211,095$28,16813%

41

Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased by $28.2 million mainly due to a $14.0 million increase in filing fees, a $4.2 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense, a $2.8 million increase in third-party staffing fees, a $2.1 million increase in payroll and related benefits expense, and $1.4 million increase in stock-based compensation. The increase in filing fees was primarily driven by the increase in business formations during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022.

Gross profit

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Gross profit$421,464$408,884$12,5803%

The increase in gross profit was driven by a $40.7 million increase in revenue partially offset by a $28.2 million increase in cost of revenue as discussed above.

Sales and marketing

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Sales and marketing$210,872$263,884$(53,012)(20%)

Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 decreased primarily due to a $29.3 million reduction in customer acquisition media spend, an $18.1 million reduction in payroll and related benefits, a $5.8 million reduction in media production spend, a $4.0 million reduction in stock-based compensation expense, and a $1.7 million reduction in depreciation and amortization expense, partially offset by a $9.0 million increase in consulting fees. The decrease in stock-based compensation expense and payroll and related benefits was largely due to decreased sales and marketing headcount. Customer acquisition media spend was $145.3 million and $174.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, as we reduced our marketing spend in 2023 to align with our freemium strategy.

Technology and development

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Technology and development$83,181$70,434$12,74718%

Technology and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased primarily due to an increase in payroll and related benefits largely due to increased technology and development headcount.

General and administrative

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
General and administrative$106,352$116,057$(9,705)(8%)

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 decreased primarily due to a $14.1 million decrease in stock-based compensation, partially offset by a $2.7 million increase in severance and related termination benefits costs primarily related to a reduction in headcount in our U.S. workforce.

42

Impairment of long-lived assets

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Impairment of long-lived assets$$248$(248)(100%)

In 2022, we recorded non-cash charges related to the impairment of certain customer relationship assets.

Interest expense

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Interest expense$493$260$23390%

Interest expense consists primarily of amortization of debt issuance costs related to our 2021 Revolving Facility.

Interest income

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Interest income$9,307$1,803$7,504416%

The change in interest income was primarily due to dividend income generated from our money market investments during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Other (expense) income, net

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Other (expense) income, net$1,621$(4,477)$6,098(136%)

The change in other (expense) income, net, between 2023 and 2022 was primarily due to changes in foreign currency movements related to our intercompany loans which were denominated in British pound sterling.

Impairment of other equity security

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Impairment of other equity security$$(3,000)$3,000100%

43

Impairment of other equity security for the year ended December 31, 2022 was due to the impairment of our investment in Mylo, LLC.

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

Year Ended December 31,
20232022$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes$17,541$1,060$16,4811555%
Effective tax rate56%(2)%

The $16.5 million unfavorable change in tax provision in 2023 as compared to 2022 was primarily due to pre-tax book income and non-deductible stock-based compensation as well as timing differences for IRC section 174 research and development costs which resulted in higher taxable income for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to a pre-tax loss for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

For a discussion related to the results of operations and changes in financial condition for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, refer to Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022, which was filed with the SEC on March 1, 2023.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

We fund our operations and capital expenditures from cash flows from operating activities. Our primary requirements for liquidity and capital are to finance working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2023, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents of $225.7 million, which consisted of cash on deposit with banks and money market funds, of which approximately $2.0 million related to our foreign subsidiaries. Our cash and cash equivalents increased by $36.6 million from December 31, 2022 to December 31, 2023, primarily as a result of cash provided by operating activities, partially offset by purchases of property and equipment and stock repurchases during the year.

We currently anticipate that our available cash, cash equivalents and cash provided by operating activities will be sufficient to meet our operational cash needs for at least the next twelve months and in the foreseeable future. We have the ability to supplement our liquidity needs with borrowings under our 2021 Revolving Facility. In addition, we previously announced our intention to sell our operating headquarters in Austin, Texas, which is discussed in more detail in Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We have historically considered the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to be indefinitely reinvested, and accordingly no taxes have been provided on such earnings. We continue to evaluate our plans for reinvestment or repatriation of unremitting foreign earnings and have not changed our previous indefinite reinvestment determination following the enactment of the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. We have not repatriated funds to the U.S. to satisfy domestic liquidity needs, nor do we anticipate the need to do so. If we determine that all or a portion of our foreign earnings are no longer indefinitely reinvested, we may be subject to foreign withholding taxes and U.S. state income taxes.

On March 1, 2022, our board of directors approved the 2022 stock repurchase program, which authorized management to repurchase up to $150.0 million of our common stock from time to time. The 2022 stock repurchase program was exhausted in September 2023. In October 2023, our board of directors approved the new 2023 stock repurchase program, which authorizes management to repurchase up to $100.0 million of our common stock from time to time. At December 31, 2023, $100.0 million remained available for repurchases of our common stock under the 2023 stock repurchase program. For additional information regarding our stock

44

repurchase programs, refer to Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Borrowings

2021 Revolving Facility

On July 2, 2021, we entered into our $150.0 million 2021 Revolving Facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent. The 2021 Revolving Facility, as amended, provides for the issuance of up to $20.0 million of letters of credit as well as borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans, in an amount of up to $10.0 million. At December 31, 2023, we had no borrowings outstanding and $150.0 million was available for use under our 2021 Revolving Facility.

Subject to the satisfaction of certain criteria, we will be able to increase the 2021 Revolving Facility by an amount equal to the sum of (i) the greater of $90.0 million and 75% of consolidated last twelve months cash earnings before interest expense, tax, depreciation and amortization, or LTM CEBITDA, plus (ii) unused amounts under the general debt basket (i.e., an amount equal to the greater of $50.0 million and an equivalent percentage of consolidated LTM CEBITDA), plus (iii) an unlimited amount so long as we are in pro forma compliance with the Financial Covenant (as defined below), in each case, with the consent of the lenders participating in the increase.

We are required to pay a commitment fee in respect of unutilized commitments under the 2021 Revolving Facility. The commitment fee is, initially, 0.35% per annum. The commitment fee is subject to a reduction of 0.10% if the total net first lien leverage ratio does not exceed 3.50 to 1.00. We are also required to pay customary letter of credit fees and agency fees. At December 31, 2023, the interest rate applicable to the 2021 Revolving Facility was subject to a 1.0% floor and was at a rate equal to the greatest of: (i) the administrative agent’s prime rate; (ii) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1.0%; and (iii) the secured overnight financing rate, or SOFR, plus a 0.10% credit spread adjustment to the SOFR benchmark, or Adjusted Term SOFR, plus 1.0%; provided that if the Adjusted Term SOFR is less than zero, the Adjusted Term SOFR shall be deemed to be zero. The interest rate margins under the 2021 Revolving Facility are subject to a reduction of 0.25% and a further reduction of 0.25% if the total net first lien leverage ratio does not exceed 3.50 to 1.00 and 2.50 to 1.00, respectively.

We have the option to voluntarily repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to SOFR loans. There is no scheduled amortization under the 2021 Revolving Facility. The principal amount outstanding is due and payable in full on July 1, 2026.

Obligations under the 2021 Revolving Facility are guaranteed by our existing and future direct and indirect material wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. The 2021 Revolving Facility is secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the borrower and the guarantors, subject to certain exceptions.

The 2021 Revolving Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; create or incur liens; pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock; merge, liquidate and make asset sales; change lines of business; change our fiscal year; incur restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions and create liens; modify our organizational documents; make investments, loans and advances; and enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

The 2021 Revolving Facility requires compliance with a total net first lien leverage ratio of 4.50 to 1.00, or the Financial Covenant. The Financial Covenant will be tested at quarter-end only if the total principal amount of all revolving loans, swingline loans and drawn letters of credit that have not been reimbursed exceeds 35% of the total commitments under the 2021 Revolving Facility on the last day of such fiscal quarter.

45

Cash flows

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities$124,308$73,837
Net cash used in investing activities(31,555)(30,622)
Net cash used in financing activities(56,150)(93,343)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash equivalent34(87)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents$36,637$(50,215)

For a discussion of our cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021, refer to Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022, which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2023.

Net cash provided by operating activities

Our largest source of operating cash is cash collections from our customers for our transaction and subscription services. Our primary uses of cash in operating activities are for our fulfillment, production and customer care costs, employee salaries and benefits, sales and marketing expenses and third-party consulting expenses. Net cash provided by operating activities is impacted by our net income (loss) adjusted for certain non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization expense, stock-based compensation and impairments of long-lived assets, as well as the effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities.

In 2023, cash provided by operating activities was $124.3 million resulting from a net income of $14.0 million, adjusted for stock-based compensation and other non-cash expenses of $96.8 million and net cash flows provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $13.6 million. The $13.6 million of net cash flows provided from changes in our operating assets and liabilities included a net $6.8 million increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, and operating lease liabilities due to the timing of our payments, a $3.3 million increase in deferred revenue largely due to growth of our subscription units, which are predominantly billed in advance of our revenue recognition, and a $3.0 million decrease in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets.

In 2022, cash provided by operating activities was $73.8 million resulting from a net loss of $48.7 million, adjusted for stock-based compensation and other non-cash expenses of $110.5 million and net cash flows provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $12.0 million. The $12.0 million of net cash flows provided from changes in our operating assets and liabilities included a $17.1 million increase in deferred revenue largely due to growth of our subscription units, which are predominantly billed in advance of our revenue recognition, partially offset by a net $2.2 million reduction in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, and operating lease liabilities due to the timing of our payments and a $3.0 million increase in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets.

Net cash used in investing activities

Our primary investing activities have consisted of capital expenditures to purchase property and equipment necessary to support our customer contact center, network and operations, the capitalization of internal-use software necessary to develop and maintain our platform and deliver new products and features, which provide value to our customers, business acquisitions and investments in other companies. As our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures to continue to increase.

In 2023, net cash used in investing activities was $31.6 million, resulting primarily from purchase of property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software.

In 2022, net cash used in investing activities was $30.6 million, resulting primarily from $22.1 million paid for property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software, a $6.3 million payment for developed technology acquired from Revvsales Inc., and a $2.5 million payment for the acquisition of United Agency Services Corp.

46

Net cash used in financing activities

Our primary uses of cash in financing activities are for repurchases of common stock. Net cash provided by financing activities is primarily impacted by exercises of stock options by our employees and issuances of common stock.

In 2023, net cash used in financing activities was $56.2 million, primarily for the repurchase of common stock under our 2022 stock repurchase program.

In 2022, net cash used in financing activities was $93.3 million, primarily for the repurchase of common stock under our 2022 stock repurchase program.

Material Cash Requirements

We believe our current cash and cash equivalents, as well as cash expected to be generated by future operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our material cash requirements for the next twelve months. Our material cash requirements include the below contractual and other obligations:

Other Commitments

We have non-cancelable agreements with various vendors, which require us to pay $46.5 million over a four year period, of which $32.8 million remains to be paid as of December 31, 2023.

Lease Obligations

At December 31, 2023, we had various non-cancelable operating leases for office space and equipment, which expire between January 2024 and November 2029. At December 31, 2023, we had total minimum operating lease maturities of $10.1 million, $2.4 million of which mature within twelve months. See Note 8 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our future operating lease payments.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, which are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, we use certain non-GAAP financial measures, as described below, to understand and evaluate our core operating performance. These non-GAAP financial measures, which may be different from similarly titled measures used by other companies, are presented to enhance investors’ overall understanding of our financial performance and liquidity and should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information about our financial performance and liquidity, enhance the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects and allow for greater transparency with respect to important measures used by our management for financial and operational decision-making. We are presenting these non-GAAP measures to assist investors in seeing our financial performance using a management view and because we believe that these measures provide an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core financial performance over multiple periods with other companies in our industry.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) adjusted to exclude interest expense, interest income, provision for (benefit from) income taxes, depreciation and amortization, other expense (income), net, stock-based compensation, impairment of goodwill, long-lived and other assets, restructuring expenses, legal expenses, transaction-related expenses and certain other non-recurring income and expenses from time to time. Our Adjusted EBITDA financial measure differs from GAAP in that it excludes certain items of income and expense. We define Adjusted EBITDA margin as Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. We define net income (loss) margin as net income (loss) as a percentage of revenue based on our consolidated financial statements.

Adjusted EBITDA is one of the primary performance measures used by our management and our board of directors to understand and evaluate our financial performance and operating trends, including period-to-period comparisons, prepare and approve our annual budget, develop short and long-term operational plans and determine appropriate compensation plans for our employees. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations in the same manner as our management team and board of directors. In assessing our performance, we exclude certain expenses that we believe are not comparable period over period or that we believe are not indicative of our underlying operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation of, or as an alternative to, measures prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of Adjusted EBITDA rather than net income (loss), which is the

47

nearest GAAP equivalent of Adjusted EBITDA. Some of these limitations include that the non-GAAP financial measure:

•may be calculated differently by other companies in our industry, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure;

•does not reflect our capital expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

•excludes depreciation and amortization and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated may be replaced in the future;

•does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

•excludes stock-based compensation expense, which has been, and will continue to be, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy; and

•does not reflect certain other expenses that we do not consider representative of our underlying operating performance, but that reduce cash available to us.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
(in thousands)
Reconciliation of Net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA
Net income (loss)$13,953$(48,733)
Interest expense493260
Interest income(9,307)(1,803)
Provision for income taxes17,5411,060
Depreciation and amortization25,38321,745
Other (income) expense, net(1,621)4,477
Stock-based compensation66,01580,469
Impairment of other equity security3,000
Impairment of long-lived assets237
Transaction-related expenses758
Restructuring costs(1)4,6661,795
Certain other non-recurring expenses(2)1,568440
Adjusted EBITDA$118,691$63,705
Net income (loss) margin2%(8%)
Adjusted EBITDA margin18%10%

(1)     For 2023, restructuring costs related to the reduction of our U.S. and U.K. headcount. For 2022, restructuring expenses related to a phased severance event to reduce the U.S. headcount in June and August 2022. Restructuring expenses include salary and benefits for the impacted employees and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(2)    For 2023, certain other non-recurring expenses included costs incurred by us in conjunction with secondary offerings of shares of our common stock by a selling stockholder in September 2023 and November 2023. For 2022, certain other non-recurring expenses included costs related to the departure of a member of management.

The increase in Adjusted EBITDA of $55.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 reflects an increase in revenue of $40.7 million, a reduction in operating expenses, excluding non-cash and non-recurring items, of $33.8 million, and a $7.5 million increase in interest income partially offset by increases in cost of revenue of $28.2 million.

48

Free cash flow

Free cash flow is a liquidity measure used by management in evaluating the cash generated by our operations after purchases of property and equipment including capitalized internal-use software. We consider free cash flow to be an important measure because it provides useful information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated by our business that can be used for strategic opportunities, including investing in our business and strengthening our balance sheet. Once our business needs and obligations are met, cash can be used to maintain a strong balance sheet and invest in future growth. The usefulness of free cash flow as an analytical tool has limitations because it excludes certain items that are settled in cash, does not represent residual cash flow available for discretionary expenses, does not reflect our future contractual commitments, and may be calculated differently by other companies in our industry. Accordingly, it should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of other GAAP financial measures, such as net cash used in or provided by operating activities.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to free cash flow:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
(in thousands)
Reconciliation of Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities to Free Cash Flow
Net cash provided by operating activities$124,308$73,837
Purchase of property and equipment(31,593)(22,098)
Free cash flow$92,715$51,739

The increase in our free cash flow of $41.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily due to a $50.5 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities resulted from a $48.9 million increase in net income after adjusting for stock-based compensation and other non-cash items and a $1.5 million favorable change in our operating assets and liabilities. Free cash flow was also impacted by higher capital expenditures for the purchase of property and equipment, including capitalization of internal-use software.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on certain accounting standards adopted in 2023 and recent accounting announcements that have not yet been required to be implemented and may be applicable to our future operations.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are used for, however not limited to, revenue recognition, sales allowances and credit reserves, available-for-sale debt securities, recoverability of long-lived assets and goodwill, income taxes, commitments and contingencies, valuation of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, valuation of assets in asset acquisitions, fair value of derivative instruments and stock-based compensation. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Our most critical accounting policies are summarized below. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of our other significant accounting policies.

Revenue recognition

We derive our revenue from the following sources:

Transaction revenue—Transaction revenue is primarily generated from our customized legal document services upon fulfillment of these services. Transaction revenue includes filing fees and is net of cancellations, promotional discounts, sales allowances and credit reserves. Tax preparation services are recognized at the point in time when the customer’s tax return is filed and accepted by the applicable government authority. We also earn fees from third-party providers from leads generated to such providers through our online legal platform.

Subscription revenue—Subscription revenue is generated primarily from subscriptions to our registered agent, compliance packages, attorney advice, legal forms, tax and accounting, virtual mail and e-signature services, and SaaS accounting solution subscriptions and SaaS subscriptions in the U.K. We generally recognize

49

revenue from our subscriptions ratably over the subscription term. Subscription terms generally range from thirty days to one year. Subscription revenue includes the transaction price allocated to bundled free trials for our subscription services and is net of promotional discounts, cancellations, sales allowances and credit reserves and payments to third-party service providers.

For transaction and subscription revenue, we generally collect payments and fees at the time orders are placed and prior to services being rendered. We record amounts collected for services that have not been performed as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet. The transaction price that we record is generally based on the contractual amounts and is reduced for estimated sales allowances for price concessions, charge-backs, sales credits and refunds, which are accounted for as variable consideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize.

We determine revenue recognition through the following five steps: identification of a contract with a customer; identification of the performance obligations in the contract; determination of the transaction price; allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and recognition of revenue when or as the performance obligations are satisfied.

Our customers generally pay for transactions in advance by credit or debit card except for certain services provided under installment plans where we allow customers to pay for their order in either two, three or twelve equal payments. The first installment due under the installment plans is charged to the customer’s debit or credit card on the date the order is placed, and the remaining installments are generally charged on a monthly basis thereafter. We recognize revenue for the amount we expect to be entitled to for providing the services to our customers. The total fees collected by us for our services include, as applicable, expedited services fees, government filing fees and shipping fees.

Subscription services are generally paid monthly or annually in advance of the subscription period except for SaaS services in the U.K., which are invoiced monthly in arrears. Amounts collected in advance of revenue recognition are recorded in deferred revenue. Customers may pay for services, however, may not provide the necessary information to complete a transaction. We attempt to contact the customer to complete the abandoned order. We recognize revenue on abandoned services, or breakage, when it is likely to occur and the amount can be recognized without significant risk of reversal. We recognize breakage in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer. Judgment is required to determine the amount of breakage and when breakage is likely to occur, which we estimate based on historical data of breakage for similar services.

Services we offer can generally either be purchased on a stand-alone basis or bundled together as part of a package of services. Accordingly, a significant number of our arrangements include multiple performance obligations, such as the preparation of legal documents combined with related document revision, document storage, registered agent services, and free trial periods of our legal plans. At contract inception, we assess the services promised in our contracts with customers and identify performance obligations for each promise to transfer to the customer a service or bundle of services that is distinct. The identification of distinct performance obligations within our packages may require significant judgment.

The transaction price allocated to each separate performance obligation represents the amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for the services we provide. The transaction price is based on the contractual amounts in our contracts and is reduced for estimated sales allowances for price concessions, charge-backs, sales credits and refunds, which are accounted for as variable consideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize. We only include variable consideration in the transaction price to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. We estimate sales allowances using the expected value method. We recognize a liability or a reduction of accounts receivable, and a reduction to revenue based on the estimated amount of sales allowances. We record sales allowances as a reduction of accounts receivable where we expect not to collect the full amount of the outstanding accounts receivable and we record sales allowances as a liability for estimated refunds or credits where we have collected the amounts due from the customer. We have established a sufficient history of estimating sales allowances given the large number of homogeneous transactions. The majority of our allowances and reserves are known within a relatively short period of time following our balance sheet date. The estimated provision for sales allowances has varied from actual results within ranges consistent with management’s expectations. The transaction price excludes sales taxes.

Contracts with our customers may include options to purchase additional future services, and in the case of subscription services, options to auto-renew the subscription service. Additional consideration attributable to either the option to purchase additional future services or the option to renew are excluded from the transaction price until such time that the option is exercised, unless these options provide a material right to the customer.

For arrangements that contain multiple performance obligations, such as our bundled arrangements, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on estimates of the standalone selling price of each performance obligation within the bundle. For the services we sell on a standalone basis, we use the sales price of these services in the allocation of the transaction price in bundled arrangements. Where we

50

do not sell the service on a standalone basis, we estimate the standalone selling price based on the adjusted market assessment approach or the expected cost plus a margin approach when market information is not observable. In these cases, the determination of the standalone selling price may require significant judgment.

We recognize revenue when we satisfy the performance obligation by transferring the promised good or service to the customer. For our transaction-based services, we generally recognize revenue at a point-in-time when the services are delivered to the customer. For our subscription-based services we generally recognize revenue on a straight-line basis over the subscription term. For our partner-based services, we recognize revenue at a point-in-time when the related performance-based criteria have been met.

We do not have significant financing components in arrangements with our customers.

Principal agent considerations

In certain of our arrangements, another party may be involved in providing services to our customer. We evaluate whether we can recognize revenue gross as a principal or net as an agent. We record revenue on a gross basis when we are the principal in the arrangement. To determine whether we are a principal or an agent, we identify the specified good or service to be provided to the customer and assess whether we control the specified good or service before that good or service is transferred to the customer. We evaluate a number of indicators of whether we control the good or service before it is transferred to the customer, including whether we have primary fulfillment responsibility and obligation to perform the services being sold to the customer; we have latitude in establishing the sales price; and we have inventory risk.

In arrangements in which we are the principal, we record as revenue the amounts we have billed to our customer, net of sales allowance, and we record the fee payable to the third-party as cost of revenue. We are the principal in most of our legal document preparation and registered agent services, including legal entity formations and similar arrangements and formation, and since December 2021, tax advisory and preparation services through our fulfilled tax subscription, LZ Tax. For these services, revenue includes filing and similar fees. Our alternative business structures, or ABS, offer legal advisory services that are marketed through our websites. Our ABS provides independent legal advice to our customers and is directly responsible for, and control the fulfillment of, the legal services. Accordingly, for services provided by our ABS, we recognize revenue as the principal.

In arrangements in which we are not the principal, we record revenue on a net basis, which is equal to the amount billed to our customer, net of sales allowances and the fee payable to the third-party or partner that is primarily responsible for performing the services for the customer. Except for our Arizona ABS, we are not a law firm in the U.S. and cannot provide legal advice through our U.S. entities. Therefore, the participating independent law firms in our legal plans control the service to the customer and have the primary service obligation to provide attorney consultations to our customers, for which we pay the law firms a monthly fee. For these arrangements, we recognize revenue on a net basis as an agent. For other services provided by third-parties, including deed transfer, accounting, tax, credit monitoring, business data protection, revenue is recognized net of fees payable to third-parties. For partner revenue, we receive a fee for the referral of our customer to the partner or we retain a portion of the fee paid by the customer and share the remainder with the partner. Our partner controls the service to the customer and the partner is responsible for fulfilling the referred service to the customer, accordingly, we recognize revenue for these arrangements on a net basis.

Revenue includes shipping and handling fees charged to customers.

Business combinations

The results of businesses acquired in a business combination are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. Purchase accounting results in assets and liabilities of an acquired business being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. Any excess purchase consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill.

We perform valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for an acquisition and allocate the purchase price to their respective net tangible and intangible assets. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment and estimates. Intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships and developed technology. Judgment and estimates include the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenue and cash flows, the rate of customer subscription non-renewals, discount rates, the estimated level of effort and related costs of reproducing or replacing the assets acquired, and selection of comparable companies. We generally engage the assistance of third-party valuation specialists in determining fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and contingent consideration, if any, in a business combination. Amounts recorded in a business combination may change during the measurement period, which is a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, as additional information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available.

51

Transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate fair value of the consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of the assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, however, it is subject to impairment testing at the reporting unit level annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired.

In assessing impairment, we have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether or not a reporting unit is impaired. Alternatively, we may perform a quantitative impairment assessment or if the qualitative assessment indicates that it is more-likely-than-not that the reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative analysis is required. The quantitative analysis compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit with its respective carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount including goodwill, goodwill is considered not to be impaired. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount including goodwill, then a goodwill impairment charge is recorded by the amount that the carrying value exceeds the fair value, up to the carrying amount of goodwill.

For our goodwill impairment test performed in the fourth quarter of 2023 and 2022, the fair value of our consolidated reporting unit significantly exceeded our carrying value.

Loss contingencies

We record loss contingencies in our consolidated financial statements in the period when they are probable and reasonably estimable. If the amount is probable and we are able to reasonably estimate a range of loss, we accrue the amount that is the best estimate within that range, and if no amount is better than any other in the range, we record the amount at the low end in the range. We disclose those contingencies that we believe are at least reasonably possible but not probable regardless of whether they are reasonably estimable. The likelihood of a loss is determined using several factors including the nature of the matter, advice of our internal and external counsel, previous experience and historical and relevant information available to us. The determination of the likelihood of loss or the range of loss requires significant management judgment. We expense legal costs for defending legal proceedings as incurred.

See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

Income taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates anticipated to be in effect when those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

We make judgments in evaluating whether deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income on a jurisdictional basis. A valuation allowance is established if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income. We also consider expectations and risk associated with estimates of future taxable income in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If our assumptions and consequently our estimates, change in the future, the valuation allowance may be increased or decreased, resulting in an increase or decrease, which may be material, to our provision for (benefit from) income taxes and the related impact on our net income (loss).

We recognize tax benefits from an uncertain position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits. If this threshold is met, we measure the tax benefit as the largest amount of the benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We recognize penalties and interest accrued with respect to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision.

See Note 19 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on our income taxes.

Stock-based compensation

We estimate the fair value of employee stock-based payment awards on the grant-date and recognize the resulting fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model for estimating the fair value of options granted under our stock option plans that

52

vest based on service and performance conditions. The fair value of restricted stock units, or RSUs, that vest based on service and performance conditions is determined based on the value of the underlying common stock at the date of grant. For awards that contain market conditions, we estimate the fair value using a Monte Carlo simulation model. We record expense for awards that contain performance conditions only to the extent that we determine it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. Expense for awards containing market conditions is not reversed even if the market condition is not achieved. We have elected to treat stock-based payment awards with graded vesting schedules and time-based service conditions as a single award and recognize stock-based compensation on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. Awards with performance or market conditions are recognized using graded vesting.

Options. The Black-Scholes option pricing model and the Monte Carlo simulation model requires us to make certain assumptions including the fair value of our underlying common stock, the expected term, the expected stock price volatility, the risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. These assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model, other than the fair value of our common stock, are estimated as follows:

•Expected term. The expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. The expected term of options granted is estimated based upon actual historical exercise and post-vesting cancellations, adjusted for expected future exercise behavior.

•Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates on the U.S. government securities appropriate for the expected term of our stock options.

•Expected volatility. Because our common stock has limited publicly traded history, we estimate the expected volatility from the historical volatility of selected public companies with comparable characteristics to us, including similarity in size, lines of business, market capitalization and revenue and financial leverage. We determine the expected volatility assumption using the frequency of daily historical prices of comparable public companies’ common stock for a period equal to the expected term of the options. We periodically assess the comparable companies and other relevant factors used to measure expected volatility for future stock option grants.

•Expected dividend yield. The dividend yield assumption is based on our history and expectation of dividend payouts. Other than the special dividends declared in 2015, 2017, 2018, 2020 and 2021 which resulted in corresponding reductions in the exercise price of the stock options, we have not declared any cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

•Common stock valuation. We utilize our common stock values as traded in the public market as an input into our valuation models.

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures are estimated based on our historical experience and future expectations.

If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model change significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

The determination of stock-based compensation is inherently uncertain and subjective and involves the application of valuation models and assumptions requiring the use of judgment. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, and our net income (loss) for 2023 and 2022 may have been materially different.

The weighted-average assumptions that were used to calculate the grant-date fair-value of our stock option grants were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Expected life (years)5.95.6
Risk-free interest rate3.4%-3.8%2.6%
Expected volatility50.4%-50.7%48%
Expected dividend yield

53

Restricted stock units. RSUs that vest upon the satisfaction of service-based vesting conditions, which is typically over a four-year period. For these RSUs, we recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of 4 years. RSUs with performance or market conditions are recognized using graded vesting.

Award issuances and modifications in connection with our IPO. For retention purposes, in connection with our IPO, we amended certain vesting conditions of existing options and RSUs, and granted additional options and RSUs to our executive officers. See Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion.

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001286139-23-000036.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-03-01. Report date: 2022-12-31.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current plans, expectations and beliefs involving risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in the "Risk Factors" section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See “Forward-Looking Statements” preceding Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

LegalZoom is a leading online platform for legal and compliance solutions in the United States, or U.S. Our core offerings include business formations, intellectual property and estate planning services, and we have recently expanded our platform to include professional expertise and other products, both legal and non-legal, to better meet the needs of small businesses. Our unique position at business inception allows us to become a trusted business advisor, supporting the evolving needs of a new business throughout its lifecycle. Along with formations, our services include ongoing compliance and tax advice and filings, virtual mailbox solutions, trademark filings, and estate plans. Additionally, we have unique insights into our customers and leverage our product as a channel to introduce small businesses to leading brands in our partner ecosystem, solving even more of their business needs. We operate across all 50 states and over 3,000 counties in the U.S. and have more than 20 years of experience navigating complex regulation and simplifying the legal and compliance process for our customers.

Initial Public Offering

The registration statement related to our initial public offering, or IPO, was declared effective on June 29, 2021, and our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on June 30, 2021. On July 2, 2021, we completed our IPO for the sale of 19,121,000 shares of our common stock at an offering price of $28.00 per share, for proceeds of $505.9 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions. In addition, we sold 2,868,150 shares of our common stock for net proceeds of $75.9 million pursuant to the full exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares in connection with the IPO. In addition, on July 2, 2021, we sold 3,214,285 shares of our common stock in a private placement with an existing related party stockholder for proceeds of $85.0 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions. We raised aggregate proceeds of $666.9 million from our IPO and private placement after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. We incurred stock issuance costs of $5.6 million. Proceeds raised from our IPO were used to repay the full outstanding balance of $521.6 million on our 2018 term loan.

Upon the completion of our IPO, 23,081,080 outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock with a carrying value of $70.9 million converted into an aggregate of 46,162,160 shares of common stock. Following the completion of the IPO, we have one class of authorized and outstanding common stock.

Our Business Model and Growth Strategy

Our business model is to acquire customers at the time of business formation and then continue to serve their legal, compliance and tax solutions needs over the life of their businesses with our mix of transaction, subscription, and partner offerings. Transaction products include legal documents, business filings, and related services for small business owners and their families, such as business formations, annual compliance filings, intellectual property, estate planning documents, forms, and agreements. Subscription products include compliance solutions and credentialed professional subscription services, including legal and tax advisory and preparation services as well as additional owned services such as virtual mail. We also introduce our customers to a variety of third-party partners, giving them access to critical services they need to start and run their businesses, such as business license services, credit card and banking services, website development, productivity tools, and business insurance, among others.

Our strategy is to scale our existing business and gain market share by investing in core products and sales and marketing; integrating our independent attorney network and tax professionals into our core product set; expanding our addressable market; and attracting additional customers and increasing conversion through the introduction of lower-priced products and services. We are innovating our product lineup to target more price-sensitive customer segments and have made certain of our business formation services available at a low cost or without charge in certain geographies on a test-basis. We expect this new lineup, with a free formation product as a foundational element, will be rolled out to 100% of traffic by the end of the first quarter. We expect to continue to test new products and price points going forward as we seek to optimize our product offerings across our lineup. We also aim to grow average revenue per subscription unit, or ARPU, and partnership revenue through building in-house adjacencies and expanding our partner ecosystem to provide new recurring revenue streams.

For additional information regarding our business and strategy, see Part I, Item 1, Business of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

32

Key Business Metrics

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we regularly monitor the following financial and operating metrics to evaluate the growth of our business, measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, identify trends, formulate financial forecasts and make strategic decisions.

Number of business formations

We define the number of business formations in a given period as the number of limited liability company, or LLC, incorporation, not-for-profit and doing business as, or DBA orders placed on our platform in such period, excluding such orders from our operations in the U.K. We consider the number of business formations to be an important metric considering that it is typically the first product or service small business customers purchase on our platform, creating the foundation for additional products and subsequent subscription and partner revenue as customers adopt additional products and services throughout the lifecycle of their business.

We believe that including customers filing DBAs on our platform provides a more accurate representation of the number of newly formed businesses we serve. These transactions are most often completed by sole proprietors who represent potential future transaction and subscription cross-sell opportunities as their businesses mature.

Furthermore, we believe our definition of the number of business formations is most closely aligned with U.S. Census reporting of new applications for Employer Identification Numbers, or EINs, which we believe to be the most relevant source of publicly available U.S. market data.

The below table sets forth the number of business formations for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021
(in thousands)
Number of business formations474483

We experienced a 2% decrease in business formation transactions during the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. While year-over-year growth in the number of business formations on our platform accelerated in the second half of 2022 due to higher volumes in our partner integration channel and further testing of our lower-priced business formation offerings, the decline for the full year was primarily due to a decline in overall U.S. business formations during this period based on a review of U.S. Census data revealing new applications for EINs. We expect the decline in overall U.S. business formations to continue in 2023.

Number of transactions

We define the number of transactions in a given period as gross transaction order volume, prior to refunds, on our platform during such period. Transactions may include one or more services purchased at the same time. For example, a customer of our business formation services may choose to form an LLC and purchase an operating agreement and business licenses at the same time. This constitutes a single transaction. Refunds, or partial refunds, may be issued under certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of our customer satisfaction guarantee. We consider the number of transactions to be an important metric considering that our customers generally begin their LegalZoom journey with a transaction, creating the foundation for generating subsequent subscription and partner revenue.

The below table sets forth the number of transactions for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 :

Year Ended December 31,
20222021
(in thousands)
Number of transactions929977

We experienced a 5% decrease in the number of transactions during the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. The decrease in the number of transactions during the year ended December 31, 2022 resulted from a reduction in estate planning and other consumer transactions, lower volumes in our intellectual property business largely due to the discontinuation of our do-it-yourself trademark product in favor of our attorney-assisted solution and, to a lesser extent, the decrease in business formations during this same period.

Our estate planning and other consumer transactions declined as a percentage of total transactions in the year ended December 31, 2022. We expect the proportion of estate planning and other consumer transactions to continue to decrease over time as we focus more of our investment in small business formations. Over the long-term, we expect to continue to grow transactions; however, the growth may fluctuate period-over-period based on the variability of overall business formations and estate planning transactions.

33

Average order value

We define average order value for a given period as total transaction revenue divided by total number of transactions in such period. We consider average order value to be an important metric given it indicates how much customers are spending on our platform per transaction. Estate planning transactions are generally at a lower price point, making our overall average order value lower than our typical price point for small business formations.

The below table sets forth the average order value for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021
Average order value$258$264

Average order value decreased by 2% during the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. The reduction in average order value for the year ended December 31, 2022 was primarily driven by an increase in transactions from our wholesale-priced partner integration channel as a percentage of total transactions and testing of lower-priced business formation services partially offset by the timing of revenue recognition. Transactions offered through our partner integration channel are generally at lower price points than our other small business products and services. During the year ended December 31, 2022, we also made certain of our business formation services available at a low cost or without charge in certain geographies on a test-basis as we continued to innovate our product lineup to target more price-sensitive customer segments. Finally, we were more efficient in our fulfillment in the year ended December 31, 2022, resulting in additional recognized revenue during the period.

Growth in our average order value may fluctuate period-over-period based on the mix of business formations relative to estate planning and other consumer transactions, the timing of transaction revenue recognition, and our ability to introduce and sell new products. We expect average order value to decline year-over-year in 2023 as we introduce lower-priced products and services. We expect to continue to test new products and price points going forward as we optimize our product offerings across our lineup.

Number of subscription units

We define the number of subscription units in a given period as the paid subscriptions at the end of such period, including those that are not yet 60 days past their subscription order dates. Refunds, or partial refunds, may be issued under certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of our customer satisfaction guarantee.

We consider the number of subscription units to be an important metric since subscriptions enable us to increase the lifetime value of a customer through deeper, longer-term relationships. Subscriptions typically range from 30 days to one year in duration and the vast majority of our new subscriptions originate from business formation orders and have an annual term. Our customers can have multiple subscriptions at the end of a period. For example, a popular combination for a new small business owner is attorney advice and registered agent subscriptions.

The below table sets forth the number of subscription units as of December 31, 2022 and 2021:

As of December 31,
20222021
(in thousands)
Number of subscription units1,4411,329

We achieved 8% growth in our number of subscription units from December 31, 2021 to December 31, 2022, reflecting strong growth in subscriptions acquired through our partner integration channel, our registered agent, compliance, and tax products, as well as from our purchase of Earth Class Mail during the fourth quarter of 2021. We aim to continue to grow subscription units by increasing the proportion of our small business customers that purchase a subscription service at the time of their initial formation purchase and by improving retention rates.

Average revenue per subscription unit

We define average revenue per subscription unit, or ARPU as of a given date as subscription revenue for the last twelve-month period ended on such date, or LTM, divided by the average of the number of subscription units at the beginning and end of the LTM period. We consider ARPU to be an important metric because it helps to illustrate our ability to deepen our relationship with our existing customers as they purchase incremental and higher-value services.

The below table sets forth ARPU as of December 31, 2022 and 2021:

34

Year Ended December 31,
20222021
Average revenue per subscription unit$258$236

ARPU increased 9% as of December 31, 2022 as compared to December 31, 2021. The increase in ARPU primarily resulted from growth of our tax service, subscriptions acquired through our purchase of Earth Class Mail and growth of our registered agent and compliance products, which carry higher average price points than our other subscription products. ARPU also increased as a result of a price increase to our small business legal advisory plan that was implemented in the fourth quarter of 2021. These increases were partially offset by an increase in wholesale-priced subscriptions from our partner integration channel. We expect year-over-year ARPU growth to moderate in 2023 as we anniversaried the acquisition of Earth Class Mail in the fourth quarter of 2022.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that our future performance will depend on many factors, including the following:

•Our share of business formations. The majority of our transaction revenue is generated by providing formation services to guide our customers through the transition from being aspiring business owners to actually launching their entities. We offer entity formation services for LLCs, corporations and non-profits. In the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, business formations represented the largest share of our total transaction orders. In addition, business formations act as an entrance point for many customers to the LegalZoom ecosystem, where they then often purchase additional products and services. Our business depends on the continuation of new business formations in the U.S., which may be seasonal in nature and dependent on macroeconomic factors, and even more so, on our ability to increase our share of these formations.

•Product leadership. We have invested significantly and expect to continue to invest in our user experience, which we believe is critical to attracting and converting customers and improving retention. These investments consist mainly of creating educational content, improving our website and application user interface, and creating and offering additional products and services, including the growing use of experts in the customer journey. The performance of our product is important to attracting new customers to our platform, maintaining a healthy subscriber base and retaining our customers.

•Ability to enhance customer lifetime value. Many of our subscribers have increased their cumulative spend with us over time as they have expanded their use of our platform to include additional products and subscription services. Our relationship with our small business customers typically starts with the formation of their business and deepens as their businesses grow and their needs become more complex. By continuing to develop new products and subscription services such as tax advice and preparation to address such needs, we expect to see higher customer engagement and retention, which in turn would further increase our customer lifetime value. Additionally, we offer third-party services via our partner ecosystem, such as our partnership with Wix, which enables our small business customers to build their online presence, and we expect to be able to generate incremental revenue via these offerings.

•Investment in marketing. We have invested, and expect that we will continue to invest, in our brand and the promotion of our services through our various customer acquisition channels, including search engine marketing, search engine optimization, television, digital video, social, radio, and our inside sales team to acquire new customers and grow our business. We frequently evaluate how we price, market, and sell transaction products in order to optimize our subscription business.

•Investment in tax offerings. Tax represents a natural adjacency in our mission to make legal and compliance services accessible to small businesses. To address the customer need, we launched our Tax advisory and preparation offering. We anticipate incurring additional costs related to our tax offerings as we continue to invest in these offerings throughout 2023. We believe that our tax offerings represent an attractive opportunity for incremental revenue growth.

•Talent acquisition and retention. We are focused on providing a quality employee experience as we believe the future success of our business is heavily dependent on our ability to attract and retain talented and highly productive employees. We compete for talent within the technology industry and believe that our strong brand recognition and greater company purpose are important, positive considerations in our ability to recruit talent. We also are scaling an in-house team of certified public accountants or CPAs, and enrolled agents that are critical to our tax offerings.

•Macroeconomic factors. Fluctuations in general macroeconomic, political, regulatory and market conditions, such as recessionary fears, the current inflationary environment, rising interest rates and lingering effects of the COVID-19 pandemic can adversely impact consumer spending patterns, the success of existing small businesses and the formation of new small businesses. For example, overall U.S. business formations declined in the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to 2021 based on a review of U.S. Census data and

35

we expect the this decline to continue in 2023 due, in part, to the current challenging macroeconomic environment. While we believe that secular trends toward greater adoption of online services continue to exist, future negative or decelerating impact from sustained inflation, higher interest rates or other macroeconomic fluctuations remains uncertain.

Key Components of our Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate revenue from the sources identified below.

Transaction revenue. Transaction revenue is primarily generated from our customized legal document services upon fulfillment of these services. Transaction revenue includes filing fees and is net of cancellations, promotional discounts, sales allowances and credit reserves. Until April 2020, when we ceased providing such services, we also generated transaction revenue from our residential and commercial conveyancing business in the United Kingdom, or U.K., and revenue for these services was recognized when delivered to the customer. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we commenced providing tax preparation services in the U.S. which are recognized at the point in time when the customer’s tax return is filed and accepted by the applicable government authority.

Subscription revenue. Subscription revenue is generated primarily from subscriptions to our registered agent services, compliance packages, attorney advice, legal forms services, tax advisory and preparation services, and virtual mail services in addition to software-as-a-service, or SaaS, subscriptions in the U.K. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we commenced providing tax and payroll subscription services. We generally recognize revenue from our subscriptions ratably over the subscription term. Subscription terms generally range from thirty days to one year. Subscription revenue includes the transaction price allocated to bundled free trials for our subscription services and is net of promotional discounts, cancellations, sales allowances and credit reserves and payments to third-party service providers such as legal plan law firms and tax service providers.

For transaction and subscription revenue, we generally collect payments and fees at the time orders are placed and prior to services being rendered. We record amounts collected for services that have not been performed as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet. The transaction price that we record is generally based on the contractual amounts and is reduced for estimated sales allowances for price concessions, charge-backs, sales credits and refunds, which are accounted for as variable consideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize.

Partner revenue. Partner revenue consists primarily of one-time or recurring fees earned from third-party providers from leads generated to such providers through our online legal platform. Revenue is recognized when the related performance-based criteria have been met. We assess whether performance criteria have been met on a cost-per-click or cost-per-action basis. We expect partner revenue will continue to decline in 2023 as we transition away from legacy partners that do not align with our new strategic direction and focus more on long-term opportunities to have strategic partnerships that build on recurring revenue models.

See the section titled “—Critical Accounting Estimates—Revenue Recognition” for a description of the accounting policies related to revenue recognition, including arrangements that contain multiple deliverables.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue includes all costs of providing and fulfilling our services. Cost of revenue primarily includes government filing fees; costs of fulfillment, customer care and credentialed professionals, and related benefits, including stock-based compensation; costs of independent contractors for document preparation; telecommunications and data center costs; amortization of acquired developed technology; depreciation and amortization of network computers, equipment and internal-use software; printing, shipping and handling charges; credit and debit card fees; allocated overhead; legal document kit expenses; and sales and use taxes. We defer direct and incremental costs primarily related to government filing fees incurred prior to the associated service meeting the criteria for revenue recognition. These contract assets are recognized as cost of revenue in the same period the related revenue is recognized.

We expect our cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in enhancing our customer experience and in new product development, including expert-assisted offerings for our tax and attorney-assisted legal offerings.

Gross profit and gross margin

Gross profit, or revenue less cost of revenue, and gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of revenue, have been and will continue to be affected by various factors, primarily the mix between transaction, subscription and partner revenue. Our gross margin on subscription and partner revenue is higher than our gross margin on transaction revenue. Our long-term gross margin expansion is also expected to be driven by automation improvements and digitization efforts. Further, our acquisitions of other companies have negatively impacted our gross margin in the short term, and any such future acquisitions could have a similar effect.

36

In the short term, we expect our gross profit to increase in absolute dollars but our gross margin to be impacted by our continued investment in scaling our tax business, which has lower gross margins than other products in our portfolio. However, we expect our gross margin to increase modestly over the longer term as we continue to focus on growing higher-margin subscription revenue and invest in fulfillment automation technologies. In addition, our gross margin could fluctuate from period to period due to fulfillment rates and seasonality.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses consist primarily of sales and marketing, technology and development, general and administrative expenses, and to a lesser extent, impairments of goodwill, long-lived assets and other assets.

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist of customer acquisition media costs; compensation and related benefits, including stock-based compensation for marketing and sales personnel; media production; public relations and other promotional activities; general business development activities; an allocation of depreciation and amortization and allocated overhead. Customer acquisition media costs consist primarily of search engine marketing, television and radio costs. Marketing and advertising costs to promote our services are expensed in the period incurred. Media production costs are expensed the first time the advertisement is aired.

We intend to continue to invest in sales and marketing to drive additional revenue, further penetrate our expanding addressable market, and build on our digital brand leadership and awareness. While we anticipate that sales and marketing expenses will continue to be our largest operating expense category for the foreseeable future, we expect marketing expenses to decline in the near-term as we pivot our media spend toward search engine marketing and other performance-based channels to provide additional flexibility given the uncertain macroeconomic environment.

Technology and development

Technology and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, expenses for outside consultants, an allocation of depreciation and amortization and allocated overhead. These expenses include costs incurred in the development and implementation of our products, websites, mobile applications, online legal platform, research and development and related infrastructure. Technology and development expenses are expensed as incurred, except to the extent that such costs are associated with internal-use software costs that qualify for capitalization.

Excluding stock-based compensation, we expect our technology and development expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we invest in new products and services and in production automation technologies to enhance our customer experience. We expect our technology and development expenses to remain relatively consistent or increase as a percentage of our revenue over the long-term, although our technology and development expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our revenue from period-to-period due to seasonality and the timing and extent of these expenses.

General and administrative

Our general and administrative expenses relate primarily to compensation and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, for executive and corporate personnel, professional and consulting fees, an allocation of depreciation and amortization, allocated overhead and legal costs. We expense legal costs for defending legal proceedings as incurred.

Excluding stock-based compensation, we expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future due to additional costs associated with accounting, compliance, insurance and investor relations as we have recently become a public company. Over the next year, we will continue to incur stock-based compensation expense as a result of certain modifications to equity awards that occurred in connection with our IPO; however, we expect our general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of our revenue over the longer term. Our general and administrative expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our revenue from period-to-period due to seasonality and the timing and extent of these expenses.

Interest expense, net

Interest income (expense), net, consists primarily of interest income generated from our investment in money market fund offset by amortization of debt issuance costs related to our Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, or 2021 Revolving Facility. Prior year interest income (expense), net, consisted of interest expense on our prior credit facility, hedging instruments and amortization of debt issuance costs, which were extinguished after our IPO in July 2021.

We expect interest income (expense), net, to remain insignificant in the near term as we have no outstanding indebtedness. However, we would incur interest expense in the longer term should we draw down on our 2021 Revolving Facility or incur other indebtedness.

37

Income taxes

Our provision for income taxes consists of current and deferred federal, state and foreign income taxes.

At December 31, 2022, we had federal net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of $16.8 million, which will begin to expire in 2032. At December 31, 2022, we had state NOL carryforwards of $59.9 million, which will begin to expire in 2027 and we had foreign NOL carryforwards of $33.6 million, which can be carried forward indefinitely and are not subject to expiration. In general, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership by certain stockholders over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited.

We had an ownership change in prior years, and as a result certain federal and state NOLs were limited pursuant to Section 382 of the Code. This limitation has been accounted for in calculating our available NOL carryforwards.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for each of the periods indicated. The period-to-period comparison of financial results should not be considered as a prediction or indicative of our future results.

Year Ended December 31,
20222021
(in thousands)
Revenue$619,979$575,080
Cost of revenue(1)(2)211,095189,364
Gross profit408,884385,716
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing(1)(2)263,884279,281
Technology and development(1)(2)70,43484,003
General and administrative(1)(2)116,057106,584
Impairment of long-lived and other assets248924
Total operating expenses450,623470,792
Loss from operations(41,739)(85,076)
Interest income (expense), net1,543(27,984)
Other (expense) income, net(4,477)1,193
Impairment of other equity security(3,000)
Loss on debt extinguishment(7,748)
Loss before income taxes(47,673)(119,615)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes1,060(10,951)
Net loss$(48,733)$(108,664)

(1)Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021
(in thousands)
Cost of revenue$2,931$1,733
Sales and marketing10,14415,746
Technology and development16,57438,796
General and administrative50,82056,557
Total stock-based compensation expense$80,469$112,832

Stock-based compensation expense decreased significantly for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 due to the modification of certain equity awards in connection with our IPO. Refer to Note 16 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

38

(2)Includes depreciation and amortization expense for our property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software and intangible assets as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021
(in thousands)
Cost of revenue$8,581$6,430
Sales and marketing7,0146,017
Technology and development2,8342,361
General and administrative3,3161,878
Total depreciation and amortization expense$21,745$16,686

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

Revenue

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Revenue by type
Transaction$239,799$258,122$(18,323)(7%)
Subscription358,023288,94169,08224%
Partner22,15728,017(5,860)(21%)
Total revenue$619,979$575,080$44,8998%

The increase in total revenue was primarily driven by an increase in subscription revenue. Subscription revenue was 58% and 50% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and transaction revenue was 39% and 45% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Subscription revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022 increased primarily due to a 15% increase in the average number of subscription units and a 9% improvement in ARPU compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in average subscription units was primarily driven by strong growth in subscriptions acquired through our partner integration channel, our registered agent, compliance, and tax products, as well as from our purchase of Earth Class Mail during the fourth quarter of 2021. The increase in ARPU was primarily due to a change in mix, as our tax services, subscriptions from Earth Class Mail, compliance and registered agent products, which carry higher average price points than our other subscription services, increased as a percentage of total subscription units. ARPU also increased as a result of a price increase to our small business legal advisory plan that was implemented in the fourth quarter of 2021. These increases were partially offset by an increase in wholesale-priced subscriptions from our partner integration channel.

Transaction revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022 decreased due to a 5% decrease in the number of transactions and a 2% reduction in average order value compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. The decrease in the number of transactions resulted from a reduction in estate planning and other consumer transactions, lower volumes in our intellectual property business largely due to the discontinuation of our do-it-yourself trademark product in favor of our attorney-assisted solution and, to a lesser extent, the decrease in business formations during this same period. The reduction in average order value for the year ended December 31, 2022 was primarily driven by an increase in transactions from our wholesale-priced partner integration channel as a percentage of total transactions and testing of lower-priced business formation services partially offset by the timing of revenue recognition.

Partner revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022 decreased due to lower formation volumes and our transition away from certain legacy partner relationships that no longer align with our strategic direction.

39

Cost of revenue

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Cost of revenue$211,095$189,364$21,73111%

Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022 increased mainly due to higher fulfillment costs, partially offset by a reduction in filing fees and other variable costs related to the decline in transaction revenue. Fulfillment costs increased by $23.4 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, including an $8.3 million increase resulting from our acquisition of Earth Class Mail, an $8.0 million increase related to expanded headcount in our tax business for the 2022 tax filing season and to support future growth as well as a $5.1 million increase in our core business due to higher depreciation expense and investment in additional production capacity to enhance our customer experience.

Gross profit

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Gross profit$408,884$385,716$23,1686%

The increase in gross profit was driven by a $44.9 million increase in revenue partially offset by a $21.7 million increase in cost of revenue.

Sales and marketing

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Sales and marketing$263,884$279,281$(15,397)(6%)

Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022 decreased primarily due to a $20.7 million reduction in customer acquisition marketing spend and a $5.6 million decrease in stock-based compensation, mainly in connection with award modifications from our IPO in July 2021, partially offset by a $6.4 million increase in payroll and related costs due to higher average headcount and a $3.8 million increase in media production and other non-programmatic spend. Customer acquisition marketing spend was $174.6 million and $195.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, as we reduced our marketing spend in response to the year-over-year decline in overall U.S. business formations and the uncertain macroeconomic environment.

Technology and development

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Technology and development$70,434$84,003$(13,569)(16%)

Technology and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022 decreased primarily due to a decrease in stock-based compensation of $22.2 million, mainly in connection with award modifications from our IPO in July 2021. This decrease was partially offset by a $3.8 million increase in professional services expense, including contingent staff costs related to our purchase of Earth Class Mail, an increase in other payroll and related benefits of $2.7 million resulting from higher headcount as we added staff to support our investment in new products and services, and a $1.6 million increase in software licensing costs.

40

General and administrative

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
General and administrative$116,057$106,584$9,4739%

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022 increased primarily due to a $9.0 million increase in payroll and related benefits, largely due to increased headcount, $1.4 million of additional insurance expense as a public company and a $1.9 million increase in restructuring costs, partially offset by a $5.7 million reduction in stock-based compensation, mainly in connection with award modifications from our IPO in July 2021 and a $1.2 million decrease in professional services expense.

Impairment of long-lived and other assets

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Impairment of long-lived and other assets$248$924$(676)(73%)

In 2022, we recorded non-cash charges related to the impairment of certain customer relationship assets and in 2021 we recorded non-cash charges related to the impairment of internal-use software projects that were no longer aligned with our go-forward strategy.

Interest (income) expense, net

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Interest (income) expense, net$(1,543)$27,984$(29,527)(106%)

The change in interest (income) expense, net, was primarily due to the repayment of the 2018 term loan in July 2021 in connection with our IPO.

Other (expense) income, net

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Other (expense) income, net$(4,477)$1,193$(5,670)(475%)

The change in other (expense) income, net, between 2022 and 2021 was primarily due to changes in foreign currency movements related to our intercompany loans which were denominated in British Pound Sterling, or GBP.

Loss on debt extinguishment

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Loss on debt extinguishment$$7,748$(7,748)(100%)

Loss on debt extinguishment for the year ended December 31, 2021 of $7.7 million was due to the write down of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the full repayment of our 2018 term loan in July 2021.

41

Impairment of other equity security

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Impairment of other equity security$(3,000)$$(3,000)100%

Impairment of other equity security for the year ended December 31, 2022 was due to the impairment of our investment in Mylo, LLC.

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

Year Ended December 31,
20222021$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes$1,060$(10,951)$12,011(110%)
Effective tax rate(2%)9%

The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2022 resulted from a $12.0 million unfavorable change in our income taxes as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. The change was primarily due to changes in pre-tax book income, utilization of net operating losses and capitalization of research expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

For a discussion related to the results of operations and changes in financial condition for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, refer to Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, on March 24, 2022.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Since inception, we have funded our operations and capital expenditures primarily from public and private sales of equity securities, cash flows provided by operating activities and equity and debt financing arrangements, including the proceeds of our IPO. Our primary requirements for liquidity and capital are to finance working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2022, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents of $189.1 million, which consisted of cash on deposit with banks and a money market fund, of which approximately $1.1 million related to our foreign subsidiaries. Our cash and cash equivalents decreased by $50.2 million from December 31, 2021 to December 31, 2022, primarily from the stock repurchases during the period.

We currently anticipate that our available cash, cash equivalents and cash provided by operating activities will be sufficient to meet our operational cash needs for at least the next year. We have the ability to supplement our liquidity needs over the longer term with borrowings under our 2021 Revolving Facility. In addition, we previously announced our intention to sell our operating headquarters in Austin, Texas, which is discussed in more detail in Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We have historically considered the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to be indefinitely reinvested, and accordingly no taxes have been provided on such earnings. We continue to evaluate our plans for reinvestment or repatriation of unremitting foreign earnings and have not changed our previous indefinite reinvestment determination following the enactment of the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. We have not repatriated funds to the U.S. to satisfy domestic liquidity needs, nor do we anticipate the need to do so. If we determine that all or a portion of our foreign earnings are no longer indefinitely reinvested, we may be subject to foreign withholding taxes and U.S. state income taxes.

Furthermore, our board of directors has authorized our management to repurchase up to $150.0 million of shares of our common stock from time to time. As of the date of this filing, we have repurchased $95.1 million of our common stock under our stock repurchase program. For additional information regarding our stock repurchase program, refer to Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Borrowings

2021 Revolving Facility

42

On July 2, 2021, we entered into our 2021 Revolving Facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent. This agreement amends and restates our first lien credit and guarantee agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A, or 2018 Credit Facility, and permits revolving borrowings of up to $150.0 million. The 2021 Revolving Facility provides for the issuance of up to $20.0 million of letters of credit as well as borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans, in an amount of up to $10.0 million. We have no amounts outstanding and $150.0 million available for use under our 2021 Revolving Facility.

Subject to the satisfaction of certain criteria, we will be able to increase the facility by an amount equal to the sum of (i) the greater of $90.0 million and 75% of consolidated last year cash earnings before interest expense, tax, depreciation and amortization, or Cash EBITDA, which is defined in the 2018 Credit Facility, or LTM Cash EBITDA, plus (ii) unused amounts under the general debt basket (i.e., an amount equal to the greater of $50.0 million and an equivalent percentage of consolidated LTM Cash EBITDA), plus (iii) an unlimited amount so long as the borrower is in pro forma compliance with the Financial Covenant (as defined below), in each case, with the consent of the lenders participating in the increase.

We are required to pay a commitment fee in respect of unutilized commitments under the 2021 Revolving Facility. The commitment fee is, initially, 0.35% per annum. The commitment fee is subject to a reduction of 0.10% if the total net first lien leverage ratio does not exceed 3.50 to 1.00. We are also required to pay customary letter of credit fees and agency fees. The interest rate applicable to the 2021 Revolving Facility is, at our option, at a rate equal to the greatest of (i) the administrative agent’s prime rate; (ii) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1.0% and (iii) one month LIBOR (subject to a 1.00% floor), plus 1.00% or LIBOR (subject to a 0.00% floor) plus 2.00%. The interest rate margins under the 2021 Revolving Facility are subject to a reduction of 0.25% and a further reduction of 0.25% if the total net first lien leverage ratio does not exceed 3.50 to 1.00 and 2.50 to 1.00, respectively.

We have the option to voluntarily repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans. There is no scheduled amortization under the 2021 Revolving Facility. The principal amount outstanding is due and payable in full at maturity, five years from the closing date of the 2021 Revolving Facility.

Obligations under the 2021 Revolving Facility are guaranteed by our existing and future direct and indirect material wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. The 2021 Revolving Facility is secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of our assets, subject to certain exceptions.

The 2021 Revolving Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; create or incur liens; pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock; merge, liquidate and make asset sales; change lines of business; change our fiscal year; incur restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions and create liens; modify our organizational documents; make investments, loans and advances; and enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

The 2021 Revolving Facility requires compliance with a total net first lien leverage ratio of 4.50 to 1.00, or Financial Covenant. The Financial Covenant will be tested at quarter-end only if the total principal amount of all revolving loans, swingline loans and drawn letters of credit that have not been reimbursed exceeds 35% of the total commitments under the 2021 Revolving Facility on the last day of such fiscal quarter.

Cash flows

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities$73,837$54,152
Net cash used in investing activities(30,622)(77,673)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities(93,343)123,359
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash equivalent(87)(11)
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash equivalent$(50,215)$99,827

For a discussion related to our cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020, refer to Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form

43

10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 24, 2022.

Net cash provided by operating activities

Our largest source of operating cash is cash collections from our customers for our transaction and subscription services. Our primary uses of cash in operating activities are for our fulfillment, production and customer care costs, employee salaries and benefits, sales and marketing expenses and third-party consulting expenses. Net cash provided by operating activities is impacted by our net loss adjusted for certain non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization expense, stock-based compensation and impairments of long-lived assets, as well as the effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities.

In 2022, cash provided by operating activities was $73.8 million resulting from a net loss of $48.7 million, adjusted for stock-based compensation and other non-cash expenses of $110.5 million and net cash flows provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $12.0 million. The $12.0 million of net cash flows provided from changes in our operating assets and liabilities included a $17.1 million increase in deferred revenue largely due to growth of our subscription units, which are predominantly billed in advance of our revenue recognition, partially offset by a net $2.2 million reduction in accounts payable, accrued expenses, operating lease liability and other liabilities due to the timing of our payments and a $2.8 million net increase in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets.

In 2021, cash provided by operating activities was $54.2 million resulting from a net loss of $108.7 million, adjusted for stock-based compensation and other non-cash expenses of $139.1 million and net cash flows provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $23.7 million. The $23.7 million of net cash flows provided from changes in our operating assets and liabilities included a $17.9 million increase in deferred revenue resulting from growth of our subscription units, which are predominantly billed in advance of our revenue recognition, a $16.0 million increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities due to the timing of our payments, partially offset by a $10.1 million increase in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets.

Net cash used in investing activities

Our primary investing activities have consisted of capital expenditures to purchase property and equipment necessary to support our customer contact center, network and operations, the capitalization of internal-use software necessary to develop and maintain our platform and deliver new products and features, which provide value to our customers, business acquisitions and investments in other companies. As our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures to continue to increase.

In 2022, net cash used in investing activities was $30.6 million, resulting primarily from $22.1 million paid for property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software and payments for the acquisition of UA Services of $2.5 million and $6.3 million primarily for developed technology acquired from Revvsales Inc.

In 2021, net cash used in investing activities was $77.7 million, resulting primarily from the acquisition of Earth Class Mail, Inc. in November 2021 for $61.5 million, net of cash acquired, $11.7 million paid for property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software and a $3.3 million payment on the extinguishment of interest rate swaps in the third quarter.

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Our primary uses of cash in financing activities are for repurchases of common stock. Net cash provided by financing activities is primarily impacted by exercises of stock options by our employees and issuance of common stock.

In 2022, net cash used in financing activities was $93.3 million, primarily for the repurchase of common stock under our stock repurchase program.

In 2021, net cash provided by financing activities was $123.4 million, primarily from issuance of common stock for net proceeds of $666.9 million, offset by full repayment of our 2018 Term Loan and hybrid debt totaling $525.6 million and payment of offering costs of $5.6 million.

Material Cash Requirements

We believe our current cash and cash equivalents, as well as cash expected to be generated by future operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our material cash requirements for the next twelve months. Our material cash requirements include the below contractual and other obligations:

Advertising, Media and Other Commitments

We use a variety of media to advertise our services, including search engine marketing, television and radio. At December 31, 2022, we had non-cancelable minimum advertising and media commitments for future advertising spots of $8.1 million, substantially all of which will be paid over a two year period. We also have non-cancelable agreements with various vendors, which require us to pay $67.9 million over a five year period, of which $51.1 million remains to be paid as of December 31, 2022.

44

Lease Obligations

At December 31, 2022, we had various non-cancelable operating leases for office space and equipment, which expire between December 31, 2022 and November 30, 2029. As of December 31, 2022, we had total minimum operating lease maturities of $12.8 million, $2.8 million of which mature within twelve months. See Note 9 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our future operating lease payments.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our consolidated financial statements, which are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, we use certain non-GAAP financial measures, as described below, to understand and evaluate our core operating performance. These non-GAAP financial measures, which may be different than similarly titled measures used by other companies, are presented to enhance investors’ overall understanding of our financial performance and should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information about our financial performance, enhance the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects and allow for greater transparency with respect to important measures used by our management for financial and operational decision-making. We are presenting these non-GAAP measures to assist investors in seeing our financial performance using a management view and because we believe that these measures provide an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core financial performance over multiple periods with other companies in our industry.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

We define Adjusted EBITDA as Net (loss) income adjusted to exclude interest expense, net, provision for (benefit from) income taxes, depreciation and amortization, other (income) expense, net, stock-based compensation, impairment of other equity security, loss on debt extinguishment, impairment of goodwill, long-lived and other assets, losses from impairment of available-for-sale debt securities, restructuring expenses, IPO-related costs and other transaction-related expenses and certain other non-recurring expenses. Our Adjusted EBITDA financial measure differs from GAAP in that it excludes certain items of income and expense. We define Adjusted EBITDA margin as Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. We define Net (loss) income margin as Net (loss) income as a percentage of revenue based on our consolidated financial statements.

Adjusted EBITDA is one of the primary performance measures used by our management and our board of directors to understand and evaluate our financial performance and operating trends, including period-to-period comparisons, prepare and approve our annual budget, develop short- and long-term operational plans and determine appropriate compensation plans for our employees. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations in the same manner as our management team and board of directors. In assessing our performance, we exclude certain expenses that we believe are not comparable period over period. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation of, or as an alternative to, measures prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of Adjusted EBITDA rather than net (loss) income, which is the nearest GAAP equivalent of Adjusted EBITDA, and it may be calculated differently by other companies in our industry, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Some of these limitations include that the non-GAAP financial measure:

•does not reflect interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, which reduces cash available to us;

•does not reflect provision for income taxes that may result in payments that reduce cash available to us;

•excludes depreciation and amortization and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated may be replaced in the future;

•does not reflect foreign currency exchange or other gains or losses, which are included in other (expense) income, net;

•excludes stock-based compensation expense, which has been, and will continue to be, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy;

•excludes impairments of other equity securities;

•excludes losses from impairments of long-lived and other assets;

•excludes restructuring expenses, which reduce cash available to us;

•excludes IPO-related costs and other transaction-related expenses that are not considered representative of our underlying performance, which reduce cash available to us; and

•does not reflect certain other non-recurring expenses that are not considered representative of our underlying performance, which reduce cash available to us.

45

The following table presents a reconciliation of net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021
(in thousands)
Reconciliation of Net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA
Net loss$(48,733)$(108,664)
Interest (income) expense, net(1,543)27,984
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes1,060(10,951)
Depreciation and amortization21,74516,686
Other (income) expense, net4,477(1,193)
Stock-based compensation80,469112,596
Impairment of other equity security3,000
Impairment of long-lived and other assets237924
Acquisition related expenses7581,356
Restructuring costs(1)1,795
Loss on debt extinguishment7,748
IPO-related costs and other transaction related expenses(2)852
Certain other non-recurring expenses(3)440369
Adjusted EBITDA$63,705$47,707
Net income (loss) margin(8%)(19%)
Adjusted EBITDA margin10%8%

(1)     Restructuring expenses related to a phased severance event to reduce the U.S. headcount. Restructuring expenses include severance for the impacted employees and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

(2)     IPO-related costs and other transaction related expenses includes certain non-recurring expenses, which occurred in connection with our IPO in 2021.

(3)    For 2022, certain other non-recurring expenses includes severance costs incurred related to the departure of a member of management. In 2021, we incurred expenses related to early termination of our U.K. lease agreement.

The increase in Adjusted EBITDA of $16.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 reflects an increase in revenue of $44.9 million offset by increases in cost of revenue of $18.3 million and other operating expenses of $10.6 million, excluding non-cash and non-recurring items. We expect our Adjusted EBITDA to increase in absolute dollars in the longer term, although the rate at which our Adjusted EBITDA may grow could vary based upon the interplay of the foregoing factors.

Free cash flow

Free cash flow is a liquidity measure used by management in evaluating the cash generated by our operations after purchases of property and equipment including capitalized internal-use software. We consider free cash flow to be an important measure because it provides useful information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated by our business that can be used for strategic opportunities, including investing in our business and strengthening our balance sheet. Once our business needs and obligations are met, cash can be used to maintain a strong balance sheet and invest in future growth. The usefulness of free cash flow as an analytical tool has limitations because it excludes certain items that are settled in cash, does not represent residual cash flow available for discretionary expenses, does not reflect our future contractual commitments, and may be calculated differently by other companies in our industry. Accordingly, it should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of other GAAP financial measures, such as net cash provided by operating activities.

46

The following table presents a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to free cash flow:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021
(in thousands)
Reconciliation of Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities to Free Cash Flow
Net cash provided by operating activities$73,837$54,152
Purchase of property and equipment(22,098)(11,740)
Free cash flow$51,739$42,412

We experienced an increase in our free cash flow from $42.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 to $51.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a $19.7 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities resulted from a $31.3 million increase in net income after adjusting for stock-based compensation and other non-cash items, offset by an $11.6 million unfavorable change in our operating assets and liabilities primarily due to the timing of our accounts payable payments and accrued expenses partially offset by a favorable change in prepaid expenses and other assets. Free cash flow was also impacted by higher capital expenditures for the purchase of property and equipment, including capitalization of internal-use software. We expect our free cash flow to increase in absolute dollars over the longer term, although the rate at which our free cash flow may grow could vary based upon the interplay of the factors discussed above.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on certain accounting standards adopted in 2022 and recent accounting announcements that have not yet been required to be implemented and may be applicable to our future operations.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are used for, however not limited to, revenue recognition, sales allowances and credit reserves, available-for-sale debt securities, recoverability of long-lived assets and goodwill, income taxes, commitments and contingencies, valuation of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, valuation of assets in asset acquisitions, fair value of derivative instruments and stock-based compensation. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Our most critical accounting policies are summarized below. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of our other significant accounting policies.

Revenue recognition

We derive our revenue from the following sources:

Transaction revenue—Transaction revenue is primarily generated from our customized legal document services upon fulfillment of these services. Transaction revenue includes filing fees and is net of cancellations, promotional discounts, sales allowances and credit reserves. Tax preparation services are recognized at the point in time when the customer’s tax return is filed and accepted by the applicable government authority.

Subscription revenue—Subscription revenue is generated primarily from subscriptions to our registered agent services, compliance packages, attorney advice, legal forms services, tax advisory and preparation services, and virtual mail services in addition to software-as-a-service, or SaaS, subscriptions in the U.K. We generally recognize revenue from our subscriptions ratably over the subscription term. Subscription terms generally range from thirty days to one year. Subscription revenue includes the transaction price allocated to bundled free trials for our subscription services and is net of promotional discounts, cancellations, sales allowances and credit reserves and payments to third-party service providers such as legal plan law firms and tax service providers.

For transaction and subscription revenue, we generally collect payments and fees at the time orders are placed and prior to services being rendered. We record amounts collected for services that have not been performed as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet. The transaction price that we record is generally based on the contractual amounts and is reduced for estimated sales allowances for price concessions, charge-backs, sales credits and refunds, which are accounted for as variable consideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize.

Partner revenue—Partner revenue consists primarily of one-time or recurring fees earned from third-party providers from leads generated to such providers through our online legal platform. Revenue is recognized when the

47

related performance-based criteria have been met. We assess whether performance criteria have been met on a cost-per-click or cost-per-action basis.

We determine revenue recognition through the following five steps: identification of a contract with a customer; identification of the performance obligations in the contract; determination of the transaction price; allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and recognition of revenue when or as the performance obligations are satisfied.

Our customers generally pay for transactions in advance by credit or debit card except for certain services provided under installment plans where we allow customers to pay for their order in either two, three or twelve equal payments. The first installment due under the installment plans is charged to the customer’s debit or credit card on the date the order is placed, and the remaining installments are generally charged on a monthly basis thereafter. We recognize revenue for the amount we expect to be entitled to for providing the services to our customers. The total fees collected by us for our services include, as applicable, expedited services fees, government filing fees and shipping fees.

Subscription services are generally paid monthly or annually in advance of the subscription period except for SaaS services in the U.K., which are invoiced monthly in arrears. Amounts collected in advance of revenue recognition are recorded in deferred revenue. Customers may pay for services, however, may not provide the necessary information to complete a transaction. We attempt to contact the customer to complete the abandoned order. We recognize revenue on abandoned services, or breakage, when it is likely to occur and the amount can be recognized without significant risk of reversal. We recognize breakage in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer. Judgment is required to determine the amount of breakage and when breakage is likely to occur, which we estimate based on historical data of breakage for similar services.

Services we offer can generally either be purchased on a stand-alone basis or bundled together as part of a package of services. Accordingly, a significant number of our arrangements include multiple performance obligations, such as the preparation of legal documents combined with related document revision, document storage, registered agent services, and free trial periods of our legal plans. At contract inception, we assess the services promised in our contracts with customers and identify performance obligations for each promise to transfer to the customer a service or bundle of services that is distinct. The identification of distinct performance obligations within our packages may require significant judgment.

The transaction price allocated to each separate performance obligation represents the amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for the services we provide. The transaction price is based on the contractual amounts in our contracts and is reduced for estimated sales allowances for price concessions, charge-backs, sales credits and refunds, which are accounted for as variable consideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize. We only include variable consideration in the transaction price to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. We estimate sales allowances using the expected value method. We recognize a liability or a reduction of accounts receivable, and a reduction to revenue based on the estimated amount of sales allowances. We record sales allowances as a reduction of accounts receivable where we expect not to collect the full amount of the outstanding accounts receivable and we record sales allowances as a liability for estimated refunds or credits where we have collected the amounts due from the customer. We have established a sufficient history of estimating sales allowances given the large number of homogeneous transactions. The majority of our allowances and reserves are known within a relatively short period of time following our balance sheet date. The estimated provision for sales allowances has varied from actual results within ranges consistent with management’s expectations. The transaction price excludes sales taxes.

Contracts with our customers may include options to purchase additional future services, and in the case of subscription services, options to auto-renew the subscription service. Additional consideration attributable to either the option to purchase additional future services or the option to renew are excluded from the transaction price until such time that the option is exercised, unless these options provide a material right to the customer.

For arrangements that contain multiple performance obligations, such as our bundled arrangements, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on estimates of the standalone selling price of each performance obligation within the bundle. For the services we sell on a standalone basis, we use the sales price of these services in the allocation of the transaction price in bundled arrangements. Where we do not sell the service on a standalone basis, we estimate the standalone selling price based on the adjusted market assessment approach or the expected cost plus a margin approach when market information is not observable. In these cases, the determination of the standalone selling price may require significant judgment.

We recognize revenue when we satisfy the performance obligation by transferring the promised good or service to the customer. For our transaction-based services, we generally recognize revenue at a point-in-time when the services are delivered to the customer. For our subscription-based services we generally recognize revenue on a straight-line basis over the subscription term. For our partner-based services, we recognize revenue at a point-in-time when the related performance-based criteria have been met.

We do not have significant financing components in arrangements with our customers.

48

Principal agent considerations

In certain of our arrangements, another party may be involved in providing services to our customer. We evaluate whether we can recognize revenue gross as a principal or net as an agent. We record revenue on a gross basis when we are the principal in the arrangement. To determine whether we are a principal or an agent, we identify the specified good or service to be provided to the customer and assess whether we control the specified good or service before that good or service is transferred to the customer. We evaluate a number of indicators of whether we control the good or service before it is transferred to the customer, including whether we have primary fulfillment responsibility and obligation to perform the services being sold to the customer; we have latitude in establishing the sales price; and we have inventory risk.

In arrangements in which we are the principal, we record as revenue the amounts we have billed to our customer, net of sales allowance, and we record the fee payable to the third-party as cost of revenue. We are the principal in most of our legal document preparation and registered agent services, including legal entity formations and similar arrangements and formation, and formerly, conveyancing services, in the U.K and since December 2021, tax advisory and preparation services through our fulfilled tax subscription, LZ Tax. For these services, revenue includes filing and similar fees. Our alternative business structures, or ABS, offer legal advisory services that are marketed through our websites. Our ABSs provide independent legal advice to our customers and are directly responsible for, and control the fulfillment of, the legal services. Accordingly, for services provided by our ABSs, we recognize revenue as the principal.

In arrangements in which we are not the principal, we record revenue on a net basis, which is equal to the amount billed to our customer, net of sales allowances and the fee payable to the third-party or partner that is primarily responsible for performing the services for the customer. Except for our Arizona ABS, we are not a law firm in the U.S. and cannot provide legal advice through our U.S. entities. Therefore, the participating independent law firms in our legal plans control the service to the customer and have the primary service obligation to provide attorney consultations to our customers, for which we pay the law firms a monthly fee. For these arrangements, we recognize revenue on a net basis as an agent. For other services provided by third-parties, including deed transfer, accounting, tax, credit monitoring, business data protection and logo design services, revenue is recognized net of fees payable to third-parties. For partner revenue, we receive a fee for the referral of our customer to the partner or we retain a portion of the fee paid by the customer and share the remainder with the partner. Our partner controls the service to the customer and the partner is responsible for fulfilling the referred service to the customer; accordingly, we recognize revenue for these arrangements on a net basis.

Revenue includes shipping and handling fees charged to customers.

Business combinations

The results of businesses acquired in a business combination are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. Purchase accounting results in assets and liabilities of an acquired business being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. Any excess purchase consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill.

We perform valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for an acquisition and allocate the purchase price to their respective net tangible and intangible assets. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment and estimates. Intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships and developed technology. Judgment and estimates include the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenue and cash flows, the rate of customer subscription non-renewals, discount rates, the estimated level of effort and related costs of reproducing or replacing the assets acquired, and selection of comparable companies. We generally engage the assistance of third-party valuation specialists in determining fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and contingent consideration, if any, in a business combination. Amounts recorded in a business combination may change during the measurement period, which is a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, as additional information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available.

Transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate fair value of the consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of the assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, however, it is subject to impairment testing at the reporting unit level annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired.

In assessing impairment, we have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether or not a reporting unit is impaired. Alternatively, we may perform a quantitative impairment assessment or if the qualitative assessment indicates that it is more-likely-than-not that the reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative analysis is required. The quantitative analysis compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit with its respective carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its

49

carrying amount including goodwill, goodwill is considered not to be impaired. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount including goodwill, then a goodwill impairment charge is recorded by the amount that the carrying value exceeds the fair value, up to the carrying amount of goodwill.

For our goodwill impairment test performed in the fourth quarter of 2022 and 2021, the fair value of our consolidated reporting unit significantly exceeded our carrying value.

Loss contingencies

We record loss contingencies in our consolidated financial statements in the period when they are probable and reasonably estimable. If the amount is probable and we are able to reasonably estimate a range of loss, we accrue the amount that is the best estimate within that range, and if no amount is better than any other in the range, we record the amount at the low end in the range. We disclose those contingencies that we believe are at least reasonably possible but not probable regardless of whether they are reasonably estimable. The likelihood of a loss is determined using several factors including the nature of the matter, advice of our internal and external counsel, previous experience and historical and relevant information available to us. The determination of the likelihood of loss or the range of loss requires significant management judgment. We expense legal costs for defending legal proceedings as incurred.

As discussed in Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we are subject to pending matters for which we believe that we have meritorious defenses to the claims and intend to defend against vigorously.

Income taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates anticipated to be in effect when those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

We make judgments in evaluating whether deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income on a jurisdictional basis. A valuation allowance is established if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income. We also consider expectations and risk associated with estimates of future taxable income in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If our assumptions and consequently our estimates, change in the future, the valuation allowance may be increased or decreased, resulting in an increase or decrease, which may be material, to our (benefit from) provision for income taxes and the related impact on our net (loss) income.

We recognize tax benefits from an uncertain position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits. If this threshold is met, we measure the tax benefit as the largest amount of the benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We recognize penalties and interest accrued with respect to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision.

See Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on our income taxes.

Stock-based compensation

We estimate the fair value of employee stock-based payment awards on the grant-date and recognize the resulting fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model for estimating the fair value of options granted under our stock option plans that vest based on service and performance conditions. The fair value of restricted stock units, or RSUs, that vest based on service and performance conditions is determined based on the value of the underlying common stock at the date of grant. For awards that contain market conditions, we estimate the fair value using a Monte Carlo simulation model. We record expense for awards that contain performance conditions only to the extent that we determine it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. Expense for awards containing market conditions is not reversed even if the market condition is not achieved. We have elected to treat stock-based payment awards with graded vesting schedules and time-based service conditions as a single award and recognize stock-based compensation on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. Awards with performance or market conditions are recognized using graded vesting.

Options. The Black-Scholes option pricing model and the Monte Carlo simulation model requires us to make certain assumptions including the fair value of our underlying common stock, the expected term, the expected stock price volatility, the risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. These assumptions

50

used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model, other than the fair value of our common stock (see the section titled “Common Stock Valuations” below), are estimated as follows:

•Expected term. The expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. The expected term of options granted is estimated based upon actual historical exercise and post-vesting cancellations, adjusted for expected future exercise behavior.

•Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates on the U.S. government securities appropriate for the expected term of our stock options.

•Expected volatility. Because our common stock has limited publicly traded history, we estimate the expected volatility from the historical volatility of selected public companies with comparable characteristics to us, including similarity in size, lines of business, market capitalization and revenue and financial leverage. We determine the expected volatility assumption using the frequency of daily historical prices of comparable public company’s common stock for a period equal to the expected term of the options. We periodically assess the comparable companies and other relevant factors used to measure expected volatility for future stock option grants.

•Expected dividend yield. The dividend yield assumption is based on our history and expectation of dividend payouts. Other than the special dividends declared in 2015, 2017 and 2018 which resulted in corresponding reductions in the exercise price of the stock options, we have not declared any cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures are estimated based on our historical experience and future expectations.

If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model change significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

The determination of stock-based compensation is inherently uncertain and subjective and involves the application of valuation models and assumptions requiring the use of judgment. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, and our net loss for 2022, 2021 and 2020, may have been materially different.

The weighted-average assumptions that were used to calculate the grant-date fair-value of our stock option grants were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Expected term (years)5.65.45.2
Risk-free interest rate2.6%1.0%1.1%
Expected volatility48%46%45%
Expected dividend yield

Restricted stock units. RSUs that vest upon the satisfaction of service-based vesting conditions, which is typically over a four-year period. For these RSUs we recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of 4 years. RSUs with performance or market conditions are recognized using graded vesting.

Common stock valuations. Prior to our IPO, we determined the fair value of our common stock using valuation approaches in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Subsequent to our IPO, we utilized our common stock values as traded in the public market as an input into our valuation models.

Award issuances and modifications in connection with our IPO. For retention purposes, in connection with our IPO, we amended certain vesting conditions of existing options and RSUs, and granted additional options and RSUs to our executive officers. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion.

Emerging Growth Company Status

Upon completion of our IPO, we elected to be an Emerging Growth Company, or EGC, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act. Effective December 31, 2022, we lost our EGC status due to becoming a “large accelerated filer”. As a result, we must comply with all financial disclosure and governance requirements applicable to a “large accelerated filer”. For further information, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

51

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001286139-22-000048.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-03-24. Report date: 2021-12-31.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

LegalZoom is a leading online platform for legal and compliance solutions in the United States, or U.S. Our core offerings include business formations, intellectual property and estate planning services, and we have recently expanded our platform to include professional expertise and other products, both legal and non-legal, to better meet the needs of small businesses. Our unique position at business inception allows us to become a trusted business advisor, supporting the evolving needs of a new business throughout its lifecycle. Along with formations, our services include ongoing compliance and tax advice and filings, trademark filings, and estate plans. Additionally, we have unique insights into our customers and leverage our product as a channel to introduce small businesses to leading brands in our partner ecosystem, solving even more of their business needs. We operate across all 50 states and over 3,000 counties in the U.S. and have more than 20 years of experience navigating complex regulation and simplifying the legal and compliance process for our customers.

Initial Public Offering

The registration statement related to our IPO was declared effective on June 29, 2021, and our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on June 30, 2021. On July 2, 2021, we completed our IPO for the sale of 19,121,000 shares of our common stock, $0.001 par value per share at an offering price of $28.00 per share, for proceeds of $505.9 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions pursuant to our Prospectus. In addition, we sold 2,868,150 shares of our common stock for net proceeds of $75.9 million pursuant to the full exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares in connection with the IPO. In addition, on July 2, 2021, we sold 3,214,285 shares of our common stock in a private placement with an existing related party stockholder for proceeds of $85.0 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions. We raised aggregate proceeds of $666.9 million from our IPO and private placement after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. We incurred stock issuance costs of $5.6 million. Proceeds raised from our IPO were used to repay the full outstanding balance of $521.6 million on our 2018 Term Loan.

Upon the completion of our IPO, 23,081,080 outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock with a carrying value of $70.9 million converted into an aggregate of 46,162,160 shares of common stock. Following the completion of the IPO, we have one class of authorized and outstanding common stock. Immediately upon the completion of our IPO, we filed an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which authorized a total of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Our Business Model and Growth Strategy

Our business model is to acquire customers at the time of business formation and then continue to serve their legal, compliance and tax solutions needs over the life of their businesses with our mix of transaction, subscription, and partner offerings. Transaction products include legal documents, business filings, and related services for small business owners and their families, such as business formations, annual compliance filings, intellectual property, estate planning documents, forms, and agreements. Subscription products include compliance solutions and credentialed professional subscription services, including legal and tax advisory services as well as additional owned services such as virtual mail. We also introduce our customers to a variety of third-party partners, giving them access to critical services they need to start and run their businesses, such as business license services, bookkeeping services, banking services, productivity tools, and business insurance, among others.

Our strategy is to scale our existing business and gain market share by investing in core products and sales and marketing; expand our addressable market, attract additional customers and increase conversion through the introduction of more competitively priced products and services; integrate our independent attorney network and tax professionals into our core product set; and grow average revenue per subscription unit, or ARPU, and partnership revenue through building in-house adjacencies and expanding our partner ecosystem to provide new recurring revenue streams.

Key Business Metrics

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we regularly monitor the following financial and operating metrics to evaluate the growth of our business, measure the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, identify trends, formulate financial forecasts and make strategic decisions.

44

Number of business formations

We define the number of business formations in a given period as the number of global LLC, incorporation, not-for-profit and other formation orders placed on our platform in such period. We consider the number of business formations to be an important metric considering that it is typically the first product or service small business customers purchase on our platform, creating the foundation for additional products and subsequent subscription and partner revenue as they adopt additional products and services throughout their business lifecycles.

The below table sets forth the number of business formations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
(in thousands)
Number of business formations447378292

We experienced an 18% increase from the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 and a 29% increase from the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, respectively. The increase in the number of business formations on our platform during the year ended December 31, 2021, reflected year-over-year growth in overall U.S. business formations in 2021 as well as the increase in business generated from our higher sales and marketing investments.

Number of transactions

We define the number of transactions in a given period as gross transaction order volume, prior to refunds, on our platform during such period, excluding transactions from our subsidiary, Beaumont ABS Limited, or Beaumont, which was divested in April 2020. Transactions may include one or more services purchased at the same time. For example, a customer of our business formation services may choose to form an LLC and purchase an operating agreement and business licenses at the same time. This constitutes a single transaction. Refunds, or partial refunds, may be issued under certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of our customer satisfaction guarantee. We consider the number of transactions to be an important metric considering that our customers generally begin their LegalZoom journey with a transaction, creating the foundation for generating subsequent subscription and partner revenue.

The below table sets forth the number of transactions for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
(in thousands)
Number of transactions977892691

We experienced a 10% increase from the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 and a 29% increase from the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in the number of transactions during the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily resulted from year-over-year growth in overall U.S. business formations in 2021. Our estate planning and other consumer transactions declined as a percentage of total transactions in the year ended December 31, 2021, and we expect the proportion of consumer transactions to continue to decrease over time as we focus more of our investment in small business formations, which have a significantly higher average order value. Estate planning transactions benefited from tailwinds driven by the COVID-19 pandemic in the year ended December 31, 2020 as individuals turned to our online services given the relative inaccessibility of offline alternatives. We expect to continue to grow transactions; however, the growth may fluctuate period-over-period based on the variability of overall business formations and estate planning transactions.

Average order value

We define average order value for a given period as total transaction revenue divided by total number of transactions in such period, excluding revenue and related transactions from our Beaumont subsidiary. We consider average order value to be an important metric given it indicates how much customers are spending on our platform per transaction. Estate planning transactions are generally at a lower price point, making our overall average order value lower than our typical price point for small business formations.

45

The below table sets forth the average order value for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
Average order value$264$236$230

Average order value increased by 12% from the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 and increased by 3% from the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, respectively. Growth in average order value for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily driven by an increase in the proportion of business formations and other small business transactions, which have a significantly higher order value compared to other transactions relative to total transactions, the timing of transaction revenue recognition and increased customer adoption of our attorney-led trademark product. Transaction revenue recognized in the year ended December 31, 2020 was negatively impacted by capacity constraints related to the COVID-19 pandemic, including delays at various secretaries of state, which pushed fulfillment of some transaction orders placed during the year to the year ended December 31, 2021. We further increased fulfillment rates, and therefore our recognized revenue, in the year ended December 31, 2021 by increasing automation and expanding production capacity to improve our customer experience. Growth may fluctuate period-over-period based on the mix of business formations relative to estate planning transactions, the timing of transaction revenue recognition, and our ability to introduce and sell new products. We expect year-over-year growth in average order value to moderate in 2022 as we introduce more competitively priced products to complement our suite of premium-priced expert-assisted solutions. In doing so, we may determine to make certain of our service offerings available at a low cost or without charge to attract and convert additional customers.

Number of subscription units

We define the number of subscription units in a given period as the paid subscriptions that remain active at the end of such period, including those that are not yet 60 days past their subscription order dates, excluding subscriptions from our employer group legal plan and small business concierge subscription service, for which we ceased acquiring new subscribers in October 2020. Refunds, or partial refunds, may be issued under certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of our customer satisfaction guarantee.

We consider the number of subscription units to be an important metric since subscriptions enable us to increase lifetime value through deeper, longer-term relationships with customers. Subscriptions typically range from 30 days to one year in duration and the vast majority of our new subscriptions originate from business formation orders and have an annual term. Our customers can have multiple subscriptions at the end of a period. For example, a popular combination for a new small business owner is attorney advice and registered agent subscriptions. Our registered agent offering comprised approximately 65% of our subscription units for the year ended December 31, 2021, 64% for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 63% for the year ended December 31, 2019.

The below table sets forth the number of subscription units as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

As of December 31,
202120202019
(in thousands)
Number of subscription units1,3291,085921

We achieved 22% growth in our number of subscription units from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021, reflecting strong growth from our registered agent, compliance, and tax advisory subscriptions primarily due to the year-over-year growth in business formations. The number of subscription units as of December 31, 2020 increased 18% from 921,000 units as of December 31, 2019. We aim to continue to grow subscription units by increasing the proportion of our small business customers that purchase a subscription service at the time of their initial formation purchase and by improving retention rates.

Average revenue per subscription unit

We define ARPU as of a given date as subscription revenue for the 12-month period ended on such date, or LTM, divided by the average number of subscription units at the beginning and end of the LTM period, excluding revenue and subscriptions from our employer group legal plan and small business concierge subscription service, for which we ceased acquiring new subscribers in October 2020. We consider ARPU to be an important metric because it helps to illustrate our ability to deepen our relationship with our existing customers as they purchase incremental and higher-value services. We have expanded ARPU in recent periods, and for the year ended December 31, 2021, ARPU increased 6% from the same period in 2020.

46

The below table sets forth ARPU as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
Average revenue per subscription unit$236$223$221

The increase in ARPU in the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily due to a shift in the mix of subscription units resulting from continued growth of our registered agent service and, to a lesser extent, our tax advisory business and subscriptions acquired through our purchase of Earth Class Mail, Inc., or Earth Class Mail. We expect ARPU to increase over time as these businesses, which carry higher average price points than our other subscription products, comprise a greater share of total subscription units.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that our future performance will depend on many factors, including the following:

•Our share of business formations. The majority of our transaction revenue is generated by providing formation services to guide our customers through the transition from being aspiring business owners to actually launching their entities. We offer entity formation services for LLCs, corporations and non-profits. In the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, business formations represented the largest share of our total transaction orders. In addition, business formations act as an entrance point for many customers to the LegalZoom ecosystem, where they then often purchase additional products and services. Our business depends on the continuation of new business formations in the U.S., which may be seasonal in nature and dependent on macroeconomic factors, and even more so, on our ability to increase our share of these formations.

•Product leadership. We have invested significantly in our user experience, which we believe is critical to attracting and converting customers and improving retention. These investments consist mainly of creating educational content, improving our website and application user interface, and creating and offering additional products and services, including the growing use of experts in the customer journey. The performance of our product is important to attracting new customers to our platform, maintaining a healthy subscriber base and retaining our customers.

•Ability to enhance customer lifetime value. Many of our subscribers have increased their cumulative spend with us over time as they have expanded their use of our platform to include additional products and subscription services. Our relationship with our small business customers typically starts with the formation of their business and deepens as their businesses grow and their needs become more complex. By continuing to develop new products and subscription services such as tax advice and preparation to address such needs, we expect to see higher customer engagement and retention, which in turn would further increase our customer lifetime value. Additionally, we offer third-party services via our partner ecosystem, and we expect to be able to generate incremental revenue via these offerings.

•Investment in marketing. We have invested, and expect that we will continue to invest, in our brand and the promotion of our services through our various customer acquisition channels, including search engine marketing, search engine optimization, television, digital video, social, radio, and our inside sales team to acquire new customers and grow our business. We frequently evaluate how we price, market, and sell transaction products in order to optimize our subscription business. Given our customer acquisition efficiency, we intend to increase our marketing spend over the medium term.

•Investment in tax offerings. Tax represents a natural adjacency in our mission to make legal and compliance services accessible to small businesses. Based on customer surveys, we estimate that approximately 70% of small business owners that sought a tax accountant did not have one at the time of their entity formation but face tax implications as a result of the entity they choose. To address this customer need, we have invested in launching our Tax Advisory offering. We incurred costs related to this investment in 2020 and 2021 and anticipate continued investment throughout 2022, as we believe that our tax offerings represent an attractive opportunity for incremental revenue growth.

•Talent acquisition and retention. We are focused on providing a quality employee experience as we believe the future success of our business is heavily dependent on our ability to attract and retain talented and highly productive employees, including software engineers, product designers, brand and performance marketers, and customer-facing positions. We compete for talent within the technology industry and believe that our strong brand recognition and greater company purpose are important, positive considerations in our ability to recruit talent. We also are scaling an in-house team of certified public accountants (CPAs) and enrolled agents that are critical to our tax offerings.

47

•COVID-19 impact. The ongoing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on consumer spending patterns, the success of existing small businesses and the formation of new small businesses, as well as the impact of attempts to reopen the offline economy and lessening of restrictions on movement and travel, remains uncertain. For example, beginning in the second quarter of 2020, we saw tailwinds driven by the COVID-19 pandemic as individuals and small businesses turned to online services given the relative inaccessibility of offline alternatives and due to the availability of government stimulus checks. These tailwinds subsided in the back half of 2021 due to the easing of government stimulus supporting individuals and small businesses impacted by the pandemic. While we believe these shifts reflect, in part, an acceleration of existing secular trends toward greater adoption of online services, our growth rate may moderate if these trends moderate or reverse over time.

Key Components of our Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate revenue from the sources identified below.

Transaction revenue. Transaction revenue is primarily generated from our customized legal document services upon fulfillment of these services. Transaction revenue includes filing fees and is net of cancellations, promotional discounts, sales allowances and credit reserves. Until April 2020, when we ceased providing such services, we also generated transaction revenue from our residential and commercial conveyancing business in the United Kingdom, or U.K., and revenue for these services was recognized when delivered to the customer. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we commenced providing tax preparation services in the U.S. which are recognized at the point in time when the customer’s tax return is filed and accepted by the applicable government authority.

Subscription revenue. Subscription revenue is generated primarily from subscriptions to our registered agent services, compliance packages, attorney advice, legal forms services, tax advisory services, and virtual mail services in addition to software-as-a-service, or SaaS, subscriptions in the U.K. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we commenced providing tax, bookkeeping and payroll subscription services. We generally recognize revenue from our subscriptions ratably over the subscription term. Subscription terms generally range from thirty days to one year. Subscription revenue includes the value allocated to bundled free trials for our subscription services and is net of promotional discounts, cancellations, sales allowances and credit reserves and payments to third-party service providers such as legal plan law firms and tax service providers.

For transaction and subscription revenue, we generally collect payments and fees at the time orders are placed and prior to services being rendered. We record amounts collected for services that have not been performed as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet. The transaction price that we record is generally based on the contractual amounts and is reduced for estimated sales allowances for price concessions, charge-backs, sales credits and refunds, which are accounted for as variable consideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize.

Partner revenue. Partner revenue consists primarily of one-time or recurring fees earned from third-party providers from leads generated to such providers through our online legal platform. Revenue is recognized when the related performance-based criteria have been met. We assess whether performance criteria have been met on a cost-per-click or cost-per-action basis. In the near term, we expect lower performance in partner revenue as we transition away from legacy partners that do not align with our new strategic direction and focus more on long-term opportunities to have strategic partnerships that build on recurring revenue models.

See the section titled “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Revenue Recognition” for a description of the accounting policies related to revenue recognition, including arrangements that contain multiple deliverables.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue includes all costs of providing and fulfilling our services. Cost of revenue primarily includes government filing fees; costs of fulfillment, customer care and credentialed professionals, and related benefits, including stock-based compensation; and costs of independent contractors for document preparation; telecommunications and data center costs, amortization of acquired developed technology; depreciation and amortization of network computers, equipment and internal-use software; printing, shipping and handling charges; credit and debit card fees; allocated overhead; legal document kit expenses; and sales and use taxes. We defer direct and incremental costs primarily related to government filing fees incurred prior to the associated service meeting the criteria for revenue recognition. These contract assets are recognized as cost of revenue in the same period the related revenue is recognized.

We expect our cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in enhancing our customer experience and in new product development, including expert-assisted offerings for our tax and attorney assisted legal offerings.

48

Gross profit and gross margin

Gross profit, or revenue less cost of revenue, and gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of revenue, have been and will continue to be affected by various factors, primarily the mix between transaction, subscription and partner revenue. Our gross margin on subscription and partner revenue is higher than our gross margin on transaction revenue. Our long term gross margin expansion is also expected to be driven by automation improvements and digitization efforts. Further, our acquisitions of other companies have negatively impacted our gross margin in the short term, and any such future acquisitions could have a similar effect.

In the short term, we expect our gross profit to increase in absolute dollars but our gross margin to be impacted by our continued investment in scaling our tax advisory business, which has lower gross margins than other products in our portfolio. However, we expect our gross margin to increase modestly over the longer term as we continue to focus on growing higher-margin subscription revenue and invest in fulfillment automation technologies. However, our gross margin could fluctuate from period to period due to fulfillment rates and seasonality.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses consist primarily of sales and marketing, technology and development, general and administrative expenses, and to a lesser extent, impairments of goodwill, long-lived assets and other assets, in addition to a loss on sale of a business in 2020.

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist of customer acquisition media costs; compensation and related benefits, including stock-based compensation for marketing and sales personnel; media production; public relations and other promotional activities; general business development activities; an allocation of depreciation and amortization and allocated overhead. Customer acquisition media costs consist primarily of search engine marketing, television and radio costs. Marketing and advertising costs to promote our services are expensed in the period incurred. Media production costs are expensed the first time the advertisement is aired.

We intend to continue to make significant investments in sales and marketing to drive additional revenue, further penetrate our expanding addressable market, and build on our digital brand leadership and awareness. As a result, we expect our sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase and to be our largest operating expense category for the foreseeable future.

Technology and development

Technology and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, expenses for outside consultants, an allocation of depreciation and amortization and allocated overhead. These expenses include costs incurred in the development and implementation of our websites, mobile applications, online legal platform, research and development and related infrastructure. Technology and development expenses are expensed as incurred, except to the extent that such costs are associated with internal-use software costs that qualify for capitalization.

We expect our technology and development expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we invest in new products and services and in production automation technologies to enhance our customer experience. We expect our technology and development expenses to remain relatively consistent or increase as a percentage of our revenue over the long term, although our technology and development expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our revenue from period-to-period due to seasonality and the timing and extent of these expenses.

General and administrative

Our general and administrative expenses relate primarily to compensation and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, for executive and corporate personnel, professional and consulting fees, an allocation of depreciation and amortization, allocated overhead and legal costs. We expense legal costs for defending legal proceedings as incurred.

We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future due to additional costs associated with accounting, compliance, insurance and investor relations as we have recently become a public company. Over the next three years, we will incur significant stock-based compensation expense as a result of certain modifications to equity awards that occurred in connection with our IPO; however, we expect our general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of our revenue over the longer term, although our general and administrative expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our revenue from period-to-period due to seasonality and the timing and extent of these expenses.

49

Interest expense, net

Interest expense, net, consists primarily of interest expense on our 2018 Credit Facility, hedging instruments, capital lease obligations and amortization of debt issuance costs. Interest expense, net, decreased in 2020 primarily due to a decrease in London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, on our 2018 Term Loan.

We expect interest expense, net, to decrease significantly in the near term as a result of the full repayment of our outstanding indebtedness under our 2018 Term Loan in July 2021 after the completion of our IPO and the extinguishment of hedging instruments.

Income taxes

Our provision for income taxes consists of current and deferred federal, state and foreign income taxes.

At December 31, 2021, we had federal net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of $29.8 million, which will begin to expire in 2031. At December 31, 2021, we had state NOL carryforwards of $49.8 million, which will begin to expire in 2022 and we had foreign NOL carryforwards of $32.4 million, which can be carried forward indefinitely and are not subject to expiration. In general, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership by certain stockholders over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited.

We had an ownership change in prior years, and as a result certain federal and state NOLs were limited pursuant to Section 382 of the Code. This limitation has been accounted for in calculating our available NOL carryforwards. We may experience an ownership change in the future or subsequent changes in our stock ownership, some of which changes are outside our control. If we undergo another ownership change, such potential ownership changes may affect our ability to utilize our deferred tax assets. In addition, at the state level, there may be periods during which the use of NOLs is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or increase our state taxes we owe.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for each of the periods indicated. The period-to-period comparison of financial results should not be considered as a prediction or indicative of our future results.

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
(in thousands)
Revenue$575,080$470,636$408,380
Cost of revenue (1)(2)189,364154,563136,915
Gross profit385,716316,073271,465
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing (1)(2)279,281171,390115,913
Technology and development (1)(2)84,00341,86337,204
General and administrative (1)(2)106,58451,01757,762
Impairment of goodwill, long-lived and other assets9241,10514,321
Loss on sale of business1,764
Total operating expenses470,792267,139225,200
(Loss) income from operations(85,076)48,93446,265
Interest expense, net(27,984)(35,504)(38,559)
Other income, net1,1933,7132,577
Loss on debt extinguishment(7,748)
Impairment of available-for-sale debt securities(4,818)
(Loss) income before income taxes and income from equity method investments(119,615)12,32510,283
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes(10,951)2,4293,161
(Loss) income before income from equity method investments(108,664)9,8967,122
Income from equity method investment321
Net (loss) income$(108,664)$9,896$7,443

50

(1)Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
(in thousands)
Cost of revenue$1,733$177$205
Sales and marketing15,7461,1221,020
Technology and development38,7962,7031,314
General and administrative56,5579,7194,170
Total stock-based compensation expense$112,832$13,721$6,709

Stock-based compensation expense increased significantly for the year ended December 31, 2021 due to the modification of certain equity awards in connection with our IPO. Refer to Note 14 of our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(2)Includes depreciation and amortization expense for our property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software and intangible assets as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
(in thousands)
Cost of revenue$6,430$8,324$6,773
Sales and marketing6,0176,9136,469
Technology and development2,3612,8001,055
General and administrative1,8782,0602,093
Total depreciation and amortization expense$16,686$20,097$16,390

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

Revenue

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Revenue by type
Transaction$258,122$212,114$46,00822%
Subscription288,941229,84059,10126%
Partner28,01728,682(665)(2%)
Total revenue$575,080$470,636$104,44422%

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $104.4 million, or 22%, to $575.1 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by increases in subscription revenue and transaction revenue. Subscription revenue was 50% and 49% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and transaction revenue was 45% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Subscription revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $59.1 million, or 26%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to a 22% increase in the number of subscription units and a 6% improvement in ARPU. The increase in subscription units was primarily driven by increased business formations and improved retention. Strong performance from our registered agent subscription services drove the largest contribution of growth in the number of subscription units. The increase in ARPU was primarily due to a shift in the mix of subscription units resulting from continued growth of our registered agent service and, to a lesser extent, our tax advisory business and subscriptions acquired through our purchase of Earth Class Mail.

Transaction revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $46.0 million, or 22%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, driven by a 10% increase in the number of transactions and a 12% improvement in average order value.

51

Partner revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021 decreased $0.7 million, or 2%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease resulted from our transition away from certain legacy partner relationships that no longer align with our strategic direction.

Cost of revenue

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Cost of revenue$189,364$154,563$34,80123%

Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $34.8 million, or 23%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to higher filing fees, fulfillment costs, and other variable cost of revenue related to the increased transaction volumes and increased production capacity to improve our customer experience.

Gross profit

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Gross profit$385,716$316,073$69,64322%

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $69.6 million, or 22%. The increase was driven by increased revenue partially offset by higher filing fees, fulfillment costs, and other variable cost of revenue.

Sales and marketing

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Sales and marketing$279,281$171,390$107,89163%

Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $107.9 million, or 63%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to an increase in customer acquisition marketing spend of $76.2 million, an increase in stock-based compensation of $14.6 million, mainly in connection with our IPO, increased payroll and related costs in our sales organization of $10.2 million due to increased headcount to support higher revenue, and an increase in media production spend of $3.9 million. Customer acquisition marketing spend was $195.4 million and $119.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, as we invested to expand our customer base and build our digital brand leadership and awareness.

Technology and development

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Technology and development$84,003$41,863$42,140101%

Technology and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $42.1 million, or 101%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to an increase in stock-based compensation of $36.1 million, mainly in connection with our IPO, and an increase in payroll and related benefits of     $4.2 million, mainly due to increased headcount as we added staff to support our investment in new products and services.

52

General and administrative

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
General and administrative$106,584$51,017$55,567109%

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $55.6 million, or 109%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to a $46.8 million increase in stock-based compensation, mainly in connection with our IPO, an increase in professional service costs of $6.4 million due in part to the acquisition of Earth Class Mail, recruiting costs for new hires, as well as accounting, legal, compliance and insurance costs associated with becoming a public company, and a $5.4 million increase in payroll and related benefits, mainly due to increased headcount. These increases were partially offset by a $2.4 million reduction in restructuring costs incurred in the prior year related to the reduction in headcount of our U.S. workforce.

Impairment of long-lived and other assets

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Impairment of long-lived and other assets$924$1,105$(181)(16)%

In 2021 and 2020, we recorded non-cash charges related to the impairment of internal-use software projects that were no longer aligned with our go-forward strategy.

Loss on sale of business

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Loss on sale of business$$1,764$(1,764)100%

In April 2020, in connection with our sale of our Beaumont subsidiary, we incurred a loss of $1.8 million. No comparable losses were incurred in 2021.

Interest expense, net

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Interest expense, net$27,984$35,504$(7,520)(21)%

Interest expense, net, decreased by $7.5 million to $28.0 million for the year ended 2021. The decrease was primarily due to the repayment of the 2018 Term Loan in July 2021.

Other income, net

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Other income, net$1,193$3,713$(2,520)(68%)

The change in other income, net between 2021 and 2020 was primarily due to changes in foreign currency movements related to our intercompany loans which were denominated in British Pound Sterling, or GBP.

53

Loss on debt extinguishment

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Loss on debt extinguishment$7,748$$7,748100%

Loss on debt extinguishment for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $7.7 million due to the write down of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the full repayment of our 2018 Term Loan in July 2021.

Impairment of available-for-sale debt securities

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Impairment of available-for-share debt securities$$4,818$(4,818)100%

In 2020, we fully impaired our investment in firma.de Firmenbaukasten AG, a German limited liability company. We incurred a loss of $4.8 million as the present value of cash flows expected to be collected was less than the amortized cost basis of the investment.

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

Year Ended December 31,
20212020$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes$(10,951)$2,429$(13,380)(551%)
Effective tax rate9%20%

The benefit from income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2021 resulted from a $13.4 million favorable change in our income taxes as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. The change was primarily due to the tax impact from the decrease in our U.S. income in the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 as well as the increased benefits from the exercise of non-qualified stock options and settlements of restricted stock units, or RSUs, in 2021 as compared to 2020.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

Revenue

Year Ended December 31,
20202019$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Revenue by type
Transaction$212,114$168,305$43,80926.0%
Subscription229,840206,44723,39311.3
Partner28,68233,628(4,946)(14.7)
Total revenue$470,636$408,380$62,25615.2%

Total revenue increased $62.3 million, or 15.2%, to $470.6 million in 2020. The increase was primarily driven by increases in transaction revenue and subscription revenue. Transaction revenue was 41.2% and 45.1% of total

54

revenue in 2019 and 2020, respectively, and subscription revenue was 50.6% and 48.8% of total revenue in 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Transaction revenue increased $43.8 million, or 26.0%, to $212.1 million in 2020 driven by a 29.1% increase in the number of transactions.

Subscription revenue increased $23.4 million, or 11.3%, to $229.8 million in 2020. The increase was primarily driven by a 17.8% increase in the number of subscription units coupled with a 0.9% increase in ARPU. Strong performance from our registered agent subscription services drove the largest contribution of growth to both the number of subscription units and ARPU.

Partner revenue decreased $4.9 million, or 14.7%, to $28.7 million in 2020. The decrease was primarily due to cessation of certain partnership arrangements that were not aligned with our go-forward strategy.

Cost of revenue

Year Ended December 31,
20202019$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Cost of revenue$154,563$136,915$17,64812.9%

Cost of revenue increased $17.6 million, or 12.9%, to $154.6 million in 2020. The increase was primarily due to higher filing fees and costs associated with customer care as a result of the increase in transaction volume.

Gross profit

Year Ended December 31,
20202019$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Gross profit$316,073$271,465$44,60816%

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased $44.6 million, or 16%. The increase was driven by increased revenue partially offset by higher filing fees and costs associated with customer care as a result of the increase in transaction volume.

Sales and marketing

Year Ended December 31,
20202019$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Sales and marketing$171,390$115,913$55,47747.9%

Sales and marketing expenses increased $55.5 million, or 47.9%, to $171.4 million in 2020. The increase was primarily due to our strategy to increase customer acquisition marketing costs by $52.0 million, predominantly in the search engine marketing channel, as we invested to expand our customer base and build on our digital brand leadership and awareness. We increased our customer acquisition marketing costs beginning in the second quarter of 2020 in anticipation of growing demand. Customer acquisition marketing spend was $119.2 million and $67.2 million for 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Technology and development

Year Ended December 31,
20202019$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Technology and development$41,863$37,204$4,65912.5%

Technology and development expenses increased $4.7 million, or 12.5%, to $41.9 million in 2020. The increase was primarily due to lower capitalization of personnel costs for internal-use software development.

55

General and administrative

Year Ended December 31,
20202019$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
General and administrative$51,017$57,762$(6,745)(11.7)%

General and administrative expenses decreased $6.7 million, or 11.7%, to $51.0 million in 2020. The decrease was primarily due to lower business strategy consulting and outside legal expenses coupled with lower travel and entertainment spend due to the impact of COVID-19 in 2020.

Impairment of goodwill, long-lived and other assets

Year Ended December 31,
20202019$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Impairment of goodwill, long-lived and other assets$1,105$14,321$(13,216)(92.3)%

In 2019, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $10.6 million related to our U.K. reporting unit. In 2020 and 2019, we impaired $1.1 million and $3.7 million, respectively, related to internal-use software projects that were no longer considered part of our strategic business plans.

Loss on sale of business

Year Ended December 31,
20202019$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Loss on sale of business$1,764$$1,764100.0%

In April 2020, in connection with our sale of our Beaumont subsidiary, we incurred a loss of $1.8 million. No comparable losses were incurred in 2019.

Interest expense, net

Year Ended December 31,
20202019$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Interest expense, net$35,504$38,559$(3,055)(7.9)%

Interest expense, net, decreased by $3.1 million to $35.5 million in 2020. The decrease was primarily a result of a decrease in LIBOR on our 2018 Term Loan partially offset by costs related to our interest rate swaps and amortization of debt issuance costs.

Other income, net

Year Ended December 31,
20202019$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Other income, net$3,713$2,577$1,13644.1%

The change in other income, net between 2019 and 2020 was primarily due to a gain from the change in the fair value of our financial guarantee of $1.8 million, partially offset by changes in foreign currency movements related to our intercompany loans which are denominated in GBP.

56

Impairment of available-for-sale debt securities

Year Ended December 31,
20202019$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Impairment of available-for-sale debt securities$4,818$$4,818100.0%

In 2020, we fully impaired our investment in Firma.de Firmenbaukasten AG, a German limited liability company, and we incurred a loss of $4.8 million as the present value of cash flows expected to be collected was less than the amortized cost basis of the investment. No comparable losses were incurred in 2019.

Provision for income taxes

Year Ended December 31,
20202019$ change% change
(in thousands, except percentages)
Provision for income taxes$2,429$3,161$(732)(23.2)%
Effective tax rate20%20%

Provision for income taxes decreased $0.7 million, or 23.2%, to $2.4 million in 2020. The decrease was primarily due to increased benefits from the exercise of non-qualified stock options in 2020 compared to 2019, increased interest deductions under Section 163(j) due to the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act, or CARES Act, and reduced nondeductible expenses in 2020 compared to 2019.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Since inception, we have funded our operations and capital expenditures primarily from private sales of equity securities, cash flows provided by operating activities and equity and debt financing arrangements, including the proceeds of our IPO. Our primary requirements for liquidity and capital are to finance working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2021, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents of $239.3 million, which consisted of cash on deposit with banks and money market funds, of which $1.0 million related to our foreign subsidiaries. Our cash and cash equivalents increased by $124.8 million from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021, primarily from raising $666.9 million from our IPO, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, and after repayment in full of the outstanding principal from our 2018 Term Loan in July 2021 of $521.6 million, the acquisition of Earth Class Mail in November 2021 for $61.5 million, and the lapse of restrictions on $25.0 million in a cash equivalent upon the release of collateral related to a personal loan by a former executive in June 2021.

We currently anticipate that our available cash, cash equivalents and cash provided by operating activities will be sufficient to meet our operational cash needs for at least the next twelve months. We have the ability to supplement our liquidity needs with borrowings under our Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, or 2021 Revolving Facility,.

We have historically considered the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to be indefinitely reinvested, and accordingly no taxes have been provided on such earnings. We continue to evaluate our plans for reinvestment or repatriation of unremitting foreign earnings and have not changed our previous indefinite reinvestment determination following the enactment of the Tax Act. We have not repatriated funds to the U.S. to satisfy domestic liquidity needs, nor do we anticipate the need to do so. If we determine that all or a portion of our foreign earnings are no longer indefinitely reinvested, we may be subject to foreign withholding taxes and U.S. state income taxes.

Borrowings

2021 Revolving Facility

On July 2, 2021, we entered into our 2021 Revolving Facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent. This agreement amends and restates our first lien credit and guarantee agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A, or 2018 Credit Facility, and permits revolving borrowings of up to $150.0 million. The 2021 Revolving Facility provides for the issuance of up to $20.0 million of letters of credit as well as borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans, in an amount of up to $10.0 million. We have $150.0 million available for use under our 2021 Revolving Facility.

Subject to the satisfaction of certain criteria, we will be able to increase the facility by an amount equal to the sum of (i) the greater of $90.0 million and 75% of consolidated last twelve months Cash EBITDA, which is defined in

57

the 2018 Credit Facility, or LTM Cash EBITDA, plus (ii) unused amounts under the general debt basket (i.e., an amount equal to the greater of $50.0 million and an equivalent percentage of consolidated LTM Cash EBITDA), plus (iii) an unlimited amount so long as the borrower is in pro forma compliance with the Financial Covenant (as defined below), in each case, with the consent of the lenders participating in the increase.

We are required to pay a commitment fee in respect of unutilized commitments under the 2021 Revolving Facility. The commitment fee is, initially, 0.35% per annum. The commitment fee is subject to one reduction of 0.10% if the total net first lien leverage ratio does not exceed 3.50 to 1.00. We are also required to pay customary letter of credit fees and agency fees. The interest rate applicable to the 2021 Revolving Facility is, at our option, at a rate equal to the greatest of (i) the administrative agent’s prime rate; (ii) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1.0% and (iii) one month LIBOR (subject to a 1.00% floor), plus 1.00% or LIBOR (subject to a 0.00% floor) plus 2.00%. The interest rate margins under the 2021 Revolving Facility are subject to one reduction of 0.25% and a further reduction of 0.25% if the total net first lien leverage ratio does not exceed 3.50 to 1.00 and 2.50 to 1.00, respectively.

We have the option to voluntarily repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans. There is no scheduled amortization under the 2021 Revolving Facility. The principal amount outstanding is due and payable in full at maturity, five years from the closing date of the 2021 Revolving Facility.

Obligations under the 2021 Revolving Facility are guaranteed by our existing and future direct and indirect material wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. The 2021 Revolving Facility is secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the borrower and the guarantors, subject to certain exceptions.

The 2021 Revolving Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; create or incur liens; pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock; merge, liquidate and make asset sales; change lines of business; change our fiscal year; incur restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions and create liens; modify our organizational documents; make investments, loans and advances; and enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

The 2021 Revolving Facility requires compliance with a total net first lien leverage ratio of 4.50 to 1.00, or Financial Covenant. The Financial Covenant will be tested at quarter-end only if the total principal amount of all revolving loans, swingline loans and drawn letters of credit that have not been reimbursed exceeds 35% of the total commitments under the 2021 Revolving Facility on the last day of such fiscal quarter.

Cash flows

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities$54,152$93,049$52,695
Net cash used in investing activities(77,673)(12,727)(20,717)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities123,359(15,089)(12,852)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash equivalent(11)57(495)
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash equivalent$99,827$65,290$18,631

Net cash provided by operating activities

Our largest source of operating cash is cash collections from our customers for our transaction and subscription services. Our primary uses of cash in operating activities are for our fulfillment, production and customer care costs, employee salaries and benefits, sales and marketing expenses and third-party consulting expenses. Net cash provided by operating activities is impacted by our net (loss) income adjusted for certain non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization expense, stock-based compensation and impairments of long-lived assets, as well as the effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities.

In 2021, cash provided by operating activities was $54.2 million resulting from a net loss of $108.7 million, adjusted for stock-based compensation and other non-cash expenses of $139.1 million and net cash flows provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $23.7 million. The $23.7 million of net cash flows provided from changes in our operating assets and liabilities included a $17.9 million increase in deferred revenue resulting from growth of our subscription units, which are predominantly billed in advance of our revenue recognition, a

58

$16.1 million increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities due to the timing of our payments, partially offset by a $10.1 million increase in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets.

In 2020, cash provided by operating activities was $93.0 million resulting from net income of $9.9 million, adjusted for non-cash expenses of $44.8 million and net cash flow provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $38.4 million. The $38.4 million of net cash flows provided from changes in our operating assets and liabilities included a $23.2 million increase in deferred revenue primarily as a result of the growth of our subscription units, which are predominantly billed in advance of our revenue recognition, and a $13.8 million increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, due to the timing of our payments.

In 2019, cash provided by operating activities was $52.7 million resulting from net income of $7.4 million, adjusted for non-cash expenses of $38.4 million and net cash flow provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $6.9 million. The $6.9 million of net cash flows provided from changes in our operating assets and liabilities included a $5.6 million increase in deferred revenue primarily as a result of the growth of our subscription units, and a $3.9 million increase in accounts payable, partially offset by a $1.6 million decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities due to the timing of our payments.

Net cash used in investing activities

Our primary investing activities have consisted of capital expenditures to purchase property and equipment necessary to support our customer contact center, network and operations, the capitalization of internal-use software necessary to develop and maintain our platform and deliver new products and features, which provide value to our customers, business acquisitions and investments in other companies. As our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures to continue to increase.

In 2021, net cash used in investing activities was $77.7 million, resulting primarily from the acquisition of Earth Class Mail, Inc. in November 2021 for $61.5 million, $11.7 million paid for property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software and a $3.3 million charge for the extinguishment of interest rate swaps in the third quarter.

In 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $12.7 million resulting primarily from $10.6 million in purchases of property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software.

In 2019, net cash used in investing activities was $20.7 million resulting primarily from $18.3 million in purchases of property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software, and $2.7 million in investments in available-for-sale debt securities and other equity securities.

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Our primary uses of cash in financing activities are for our servicing and refinancing of our long-term debt, repurchases of common stock and settlements of stock options and RSUs. Net cash provided by financing activities is primarily impacted by exercises of stock options by our employees and issuance of common stock.

In 2021, net cash provided by financing activities was $123.4 million, primarily from issuance of common stock for net proceeds of $666.9 million, offset by full repayment of our 2018 Term Loan and hybrid debt totaling $525.6 million and payment of offering costs of $5.6 million.

In 2020, net cash used in financing activities was $15.1 million resulting primarily from repayments on our 2018 Term Loan totaling $5.4 million, repurchases of common stock of $4.8 million and repurchases of common stock for tax withholding obligations of $3.6 million. In March 2020, we drew down the full $40.0 million available from our 2018 Revolving Facility in response to macroeconomic concerns with regards to COVID-19. The 2018 Revolving Facility was paid in full by May 2020.

In 2019, net cash used in financing activities was $12.9 million resulting primarily from repayments on our 2018 Term Loan totaling $5.4 million, repurchases of common stock for tax withholding obligations of $3.8 million and the repurchase of common stock of $1.5 million.

Contractual obligations and commitments

We have contractual commitments for our 2021 Revolving Facility, operating leases, marketing and technology expenditures. For additional information, see Note 10 and Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

We believe our current cash and cash equivalents, as well as cash expected to be generated by future operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our contractual obligations for the next twelve months.

59

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our consolidated financial statements, which are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, we use certain non-GAAP financial measures, as described below, to understand and evaluate our core operating performance. These non-GAAP financial measures, which may be different than similarly titled measures used by other companies, are presented to enhance investors’ overall understanding of our financial performance and should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information about our financial performance, enhance the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects and allow for greater transparency with respect to important measures used by our management for financial and operational decision-making. We are presenting these non-GAAP measures to assist investors in seeing our financial performance using a management view and because we believe that these measures provide an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core financial performance over multiple periods with other companies in our industry.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income adjusted to exclude interest expense, net, (benefit from) provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, other income, net, non-cash stock-based compensation, loss on debt extinguishment, impairment of goodwill, long-lived and other assets, losses from impairment of available-for-sale debt securities, restructuring expenses, legal expenses, acquisition related expenses, IPO-related costs and other transaction-related expenses and certain other non-recurring expenses. Our Adjusted EBITDA financial measure differs from GAAP in that it excludes certain items of income and expense. We define Adjusted EBITDA margin as Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. We define net (loss) income margin as net (loss) income as a percentage of revenue based on our consolidated financial statements.

Adjusted EBITDA is one of the primary performance measures used by our management and our board of directors to understand and evaluate our financial performance and operating trends, including period-to-period comparisons, prepare and approve our annual budget, develop short- and long-term operational plans and determine appropriate compensation plans for our employees. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations in the same manner as our management team and board of directors. In assessing our performance, we exclude certain expenses that we believe are not comparable period over period. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation of, or as an alternative to, measures prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of Adjusted EBITDA rather than net (loss) income, which is the nearest GAAP equivalent of Adjusted EBITDA, and it may be calculated differently by other companies in our industry, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Some of these limitations include that the non-GAAP financial measure:

•does not reflect interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, which reduces cash available to us;

•does not reflect provision for income taxes that may result in payments that reduce cash available to us;

•excludes depreciation and amortization and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated may be replaced in the future;

•does not reflect foreign currency exchange or other gains or losses, which are included in other (expense) income, net;

•excludes stock-based compensation expense, which has been, and will continue to be, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy;

•excludes losses from impairments of goodwill, long-lived and other assets and available-for-sale debt securities;

•excludes legal expenses, which reduce cash available to us;

•excludes acquisition related expenses, which reduce cash available to us;

•excludes restructuring expenses, which reduce cash available to us;

•excludes IPO-related costs and other transaction-related expenses that are not considered representative of our underlying performance, which reduce cash available to us;

60

•excludes debt extinguishment charges that represent accelerated amortization of debt issuance costs related to the early extinguishment of our long-term debt, which adjustments are not expected to recur and do not reflect expected ongoing operating results; and

•does not reflect certain other non-recurring expenses that are not considered representative of our underlying performance, which reduce cash available to us.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
(in thousands)
Reconciliation of Net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA
Net (loss) income$(108,664)$9,896$7,443
Interest expense, net27,98435,50438,559
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes(10,951)2,4293,161
Depreciation and amortization16,68620,09716,390
Other income, net(1,193)(3,713)(2,577)
Stock-based compensation112,59612,8945,181
Loss on debt extinguishment7,748
Impairment of goodwill, long-lived and other assets9241,10514,321
Impairment of available-for-sale debt securities4,818
Restructuring expenses2,5241,600
Legal expenses(1)525735
Acquisition related expenses1,3561325,433
IPO-related costs and other transaction-related expenses(2)852
Certain other non-recurring expenses(3)3691,7646,911
Adjusted EBITDA$47,707$87,975$97,157
Net (loss) income margin(19)%2%1.8%
Adjusted EBITDA margin8%19%24%

______________

(1)Legal expenses include costs accrued or paid for potential litigation settlements, and are net of insurance recoveries, if any.

(2)IPO-related costs and other transaction-related expenses include certain non-recurring expenses incurred in connection with our IPO.

(3)In 2021, we incurred expenses related to early termination of our U.K. lease agreement. In 2020, we incurred a loss on sale from the disposal of Beaumont, our conveyancing business in the U.K., of $1.8 million. In 2019, we incurred certain expenses for strategic transactions that were not consummated, including $4.6 million of costs associated with our filing of a registration statement, $1.9 million of compensation expense recorded in general and administrative expenses related the establishment of a financial guarantee for a former executive officer, and $0.4 million for other transaction related expenses.

Adjusted EBITDA decreased from $88.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 to $47.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The decrease of $40.3 million reflects an increase in revenue of $104.4 million offset by increases in cost of revenue of $35.1 million, customer acquisition media spend of $76.2 million and other operating expenses of $33.4 million, excluding non-cash and non-recurring items. We expect our Adjusted EBITDA to increase in absolute dollars in the longer term, although the rate at which our Adjusted EBITDA may grow could vary based upon the interplay of the foregoing factors.

Adjusted EBITDA decreased from $97.2 million in 2019 to $88.0 million in 2020. The decrease of $9.2 million primarily reflects an investment in customer acquisition media spend, which increased by $52.0 million in 2020 as we invested to expand our customer base and build on our digital brand leadership and awareness, as well as an increase in cost of revenue of $17.7 million driven by increases in customer care and fulfillment costs, partially offset by an increase in revenue of $62.2 million.

61

Free cash flow

Free cash flow is a liquidity measure used by management in evaluating the cash generated by our operations after purchases of property and equipment including capitalized internal-use software. We consider free cash flow to be an important measure because it provides useful information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated by our business that can be used for strategic opportunities, including investing in our business and strengthening our balance sheet. Once our business needs and obligations are met, cash can be used to maintain a strong balance sheet and invest in future growth. The usefulness of free cash flow as an analytical tool has limitations because it excludes certain items that are settled in cash, does not represent residual cash flow available for discretionary expenses, does not reflect our future contractual commitments, and may be calculated differently by other companies in our industry. Accordingly, it should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of other GAAP financial measures, such as net cash provided by operating activities.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to free cash flow:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
(in thousands)
Reconciliation of Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities to Free Cash Flow
Net cash provided by operating activities$54,152$93,049$52,695
Purchase of property and equipment(11,740)(10,587)(18,349)
Free cash flow$42,412$82,462$34,346

We experienced a decrease in our free cash flow from $82.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 to $42.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to a $38.9 million reduction in net cash provided by operating activities. The decline in net cash provided by operating activities resulted from a $24.2 million reduction in net income after adjusting for stock-based compensation and other non-cash items, and a $14.7 million unfavorable change in our operating assets and liabilities. Free cash flow was also impacted by higher capital expenditures for the purchase of property and equipment, including capitalization of internal-use software. We expect our free cash flow to increase in absolute dollars over the longer term, although the rate at which our free cash flow may grow could vary based upon the interplay of the factors discussed above.

We experienced an increase in our free cash flow from 2019 to 2020 as a result of an increase in net cash provided by operating activities, which was primarily due to an increase of $17.6 million in deferred revenue driven by an increase in subscription units as well as an $8.5 million increase in accounts payable due to the timing of our payments. Additionally, in the year ended 2020 as compared to 2019, we recorded a decrease in purchase of property and equipment related to less capitalization of internal-use software projects.

For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, our free cash flow included cash payments for interest related to our 2018 Credit Facility of $12.3 million, $27.9 million and $37.3 million, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on certain accounting standards adopted in 2021 and recent accounting announcements that have not yet been required to be implemented and may be applicable to our future operations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are used for, however not limited to, revenue recognition, sales allowances and credit reserves, available-for-sale debt securities, valuation of long-lived assets and goodwill, income taxes, commitments and contingencies, valuation of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, fair value of derivative instruments and stock-based compensation. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Our most critical accounting policies are summarized below. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of our other significant accounting policies.

62

Revenue recognition

We derive our revenue from the following sources:

Transaction revenue—Transaction revenue is primarily generated from our customized legal document services upon fulfillment of these services. Transaction revenue includes filing fees and is net of cancellations, promotional discounts and sales allowances. Until April 2020, when we ceased providing such services, we also generated transaction revenue from our residential and commercial conveyancing business in the U.K. Revenue for these services was recognized when delivered to the customer. In addition, until July 2019, when we ceased providing such services, we generated revenue from litigation services in the U.K., and we recognized this revenue based on the time incurred by the attorneys at their market billing rates. In 2020, we commenced providing tax advice and filing services in the U.S., which are recognized at the point in time when the customer’s tax return is filed and accepted by the applicable government authority.

Subscription revenue—Subscription revenue is generated primarily from subscriptions to our registered agent services, compliance packages, attorney advice, and legal forms services, in addition to SaaS subscriptions in the U.K. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we commenced providing tax, bookkeeping and payroll subscription services. We recognize revenue from our subscriptions ratably over the subscription term. Subscription terms generally range from thirty days to one year. Subscription revenue includes the value allocated to bundled free-trials for our subscription services and is net of promotional discounts, cancellations, sales allowances and credit reserves and payments to third-party service providers such as legal plan law firms and tax service providers.

Partner revenue—Partner revenue consists primarily of one-time or recurring referral fees earned from third-party providers from leads generated to such providers through our online legal platform. Revenue is recognized when the related performance-based criteria have been met. We assess whether performance criteria have been met on a cost-per-click or cost-per-action basis.

We determine revenue recognition through the following five steps: identification of a contract with a customer; identification of the performance obligations in the contract; determination of the transaction price; allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and recognition of revenue when or as the performance obligations are satisfied.

Our customers generally pay for transactions in advance by credit or debit card except for certain services provided under installment plans where we allow customers to pay for their order in two or three equal payments. The first installment due under the installment plans is charged to the customer’s debit or credit card on the date the order is placed, and the remaining installments are generally charged on a monthly basis thereafter. We recognize revenue for the amount we expect to be entitled to for providing the services to our customers. The total fees collected by us for our services include, as applicable, expedited services fees, government filing fees, shipping fees and sales tax.

Subscription services are generally paid monthly or annually in advance of the subscription period except for SaaS services in the U.K., which are invoiced monthly in arrears. Amounts collected in advance of revenue recognition are recorded in deferred revenue. Customers may pay for services, however, may not provide the necessary information to complete a transaction. We attempt to contact the customer to complete the abandoned order. We recognize revenue on abandoned services, or breakage, when it is likely to occur and the amount can be recognized without significant risk of reversal. We recognize breakage in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer. Judgment is required to determine the amount of breakage and when breakage is likely to occur, which we estimate based on historical data of breakage for similar services.

Services we offer can generally either be purchased on a stand-alone basis or bundled together as part of a package of services. Accordingly, a significant number of our arrangements include multiple performance obligations, such as the preparation of legal documents combined with related document revision, document storage, registered agent services, and free trial periods of our legal plans. At contract inception, we assess the services promised in our contracts with customers and identify performance obligations for each promise to transfer to the customer a service or bundle of services that is distinct. The identification of distinct performance obligations within our packages may require significant judgment.

The transaction price allocated to each separate performance obligation represents the amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for the services we provide. The transaction price is based on the contractual amounts in our contracts and is reduced for estimated sales allowances for price concessions, charge-backs, sales credits and refunds, which are accounted for as variable consideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize. We only include variable consideration in the transaction price to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. We estimate sales allowances using the expected value method. We have established a sufficient history of estimating sales allowances given the large number of homogeneous transactions. The majority of our allowances and reserves are known within

63

a relatively short period of time following our balance sheet date. The estimated provision for sales allowances has varied from actual results within ranges consistent with management’s expectations. The transaction price excludes sales taxes.

Contracts with our customers may include options to purchase additional future services, and in the case of subscription services, options to auto-renew the subscription service. Additional consideration attributable to either the option to purchase additional future services or the option to renew are excluded from the transaction price until such time that the option is exercised, unless these options provide a material right to the customer.

For arrangements that contain multiple performance obligations, such as our bundled arrangements, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on estimates of the standalone selling price of each performance obligation within the bundle. For the services we sell on a standalone basis, we use the sales price of these services in the allocation of the transaction price in bundled arrangements. Where we do not sell the service on a standalone basis, we estimate the standalone selling price based on the adjusted market assessment approach or the expected cost plus a margin approach when market information is not observable. In these cases, the determination of the standalone selling price may require significant judgment.

We recognize revenue when we satisfy the performance obligation by transferring the promised good or service to the customer. For our transaction-based services, we generally recognize revenue at a point-in-time when the services are delivered to the customer. For our subscription-based services we recognize revenue on a straight-line basis over the subscription term. For our partner-based services, we recognize revenue at a point-in-time when the related performance-based criteria have been met.

We do not have significant financing components in arrangements with our customers.

Principal agent considerations

In certain of our arrangements, another party may be involved in providing services to our customer. We evaluate whether we can recognize revenue gross as a principal or net as an agent. We record revenue on a gross basis when we are the principal in the arrangement. To determine whether we are a principal or an agent, we identify the specified good or service to be provided to the customer and assess whether we control the specified good or service before that good or service is transferred to the customer. We evaluate a number of indicators of whether we control the good or service before it is transferred to the customer, including whether we have primary fulfillment responsibility and obligation to perform the services being sold to the customer; we have latitude in establishing the sales price; and we have inventory risk.

In arrangements in which we are the principal, we record as revenue the amounts we have billed to our customer, net of sales allowance, and we record the fee payable to the third-party as cost of revenue. We are the principal in most of our legal document preparation and registered agent services, including legal entity formations and similar arrangements and formation, and formerly, conveyancing services, in the U.K. For these services, revenue includes filing and similar fees.

In arrangements in which we are not the principal, we record revenue on a net basis, which is equal to the amount billed to our customer, net of sales allowances and the fee payable to the third-party or partner that is primarily responsible for performing the services for the customer. We are not a law firm in the U.S. and cannot provide legal advice through our U.S. entities, therefore the participating independent law firms in our legal plans control the service to the customer and have the primary service obligation to provide attorney consultations to our customers, for which we pay the law firms a monthly fee. For these arrangements, we recognize revenue on a net basis as an agent. Since 2016, our Alternative Business Structure, or ABS, subsidiary in the U.K. began offering legal advisory services that were marketed through our website. Our ABS provides independent legal advice to our customers and is directly responsible for, and controls the fulfillment of, the legal services. Accordingly, for services provided by our ABS, we recognize revenue as the principal. For other services provided by third-parties, including deed transfer, accounting, tax, credit monitoring, business data protection and logo design services, revenue is recognized net of fees payable to third-parties. For partner revenue, we receive a fee for the referral of our customer to the partner or we retain a portion of the fee paid by the customer and share the remainder with partner. Our partner controls the service to the customer and the partner is responsible for fulfilling the referred service to the customer; accordingly, we recognize revenue for these arrangements on a net basis.

Revenue includes shipping and handling fees charged to customers.

Business combinations

The results of businesses acquired in a business combination are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. Purchase accounting results in assets and liabilities of an acquired

64

business being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. Any excess purchase consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill.

We perform valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for an acquisition and allocate the purchase price to their respective net tangible and intangible assets. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment and estimates. Intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships and developed technology. Judgment and estimates include the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenue and cash flows, the rate of customer subscription non-renewals, discount rates, the estimated level of effort and related costs of reproducing or replacing the assets acquired, and selection of comparable companies. We generally engage the assistance of third-party valuation specialists in determining fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and contingent consideration, if any, in a business combination. Amounts recorded in a business combination may change during the measurement period, which is a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, as additional information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available.

Transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate fair value of the consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of the assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, however, it is subject to impairment testing at the reporting unit level annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired.

In assessing impairment, we have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether or not a reporting unit is impaired. Alternatively, we may perform a quantitative impairment assessment or if the qualitative assessment indicates that it is more-likely-than-not that the reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative analysis is required. The quantitative analysis compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit with its respective carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount including goodwill, goodwill is considered not to be impaired. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount including goodwill, then a goodwill impairment charge is recorded by the amount that the carrying value exceeds the fair value, up to the carrying amount of goodwill.

For our goodwill impairment test performed in the fourth quarter of 2021 and 2020, the fair value of our consolidated reporting unit significantly exceeded our carrying value.

In 2019, we had two reporting units, the U.S. reporting unit and the U.K. reporting unit. Our U.K. reporting unit’s performance was below expectations and further deteriorated in 2019. Our quantitative goodwill assessment in 2019 concluded that the carrying value of the U.K. reporting unit exceeded its fair value, and accordingly, we impaired all the goodwill attributable to the U.K. reporting unit of $10.6 million.

Loss contingencies

We record loss contingencies in our consolidated financial statements in the period when they are probable and reasonably estimable. If the amount is probable and we are able to reasonably estimate a range of loss, we accrue the amount that is the best estimate within that range, and if no amount is better than any other in the range, we record the amount at the low end in the range. We disclose those contingencies that we believe are at least reasonably possible but not probable regardless of whether they are reasonably estimable. The likelihood of a loss is determined using several factors including the nature of the matter, advice of our internal and external counsel, previous experience and historical and relevant information available to us. The determination of the likelihood of loss or the range of loss requires significant management judgment. We expense legal costs for defending legal proceedings as incurred.

As discussed in Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we are subject to pending matters for which we believe that we have meritorious defenses to the claims and intend to defend against vigorously.

Income taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates anticipated to be in effect when those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

65

We make judgments in evaluating whether deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income on a jurisdictional basis. A valuation allowance is established if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income. We also consider expectations and risk associated with estimates of future taxable income in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If our assumptions and consequently our estimates, change in the future, the valuation allowance may be increased or decreased, resulting in an increase or decrease, which may be material, to our (benefit from) provision for income taxes and the related impact on our net (loss) income.

We recognize tax benefits from an uncertain position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits. If this threshold is met, we measure the tax benefit as the largest amount of the benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We recognize penalties and interest accrued with respect to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision.

See Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on our income taxes.

Stock-based compensation

We estimate the fair value of employee stock-based payment awards on the grant-date and recognize the resulting fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model for estimating the fair value of options granted under our stock option plans that vest based on service and performance conditions. The fair value of RSUs, that vest based on service and performance conditions is determined based on the value of the underlying common stock at the date of grant. For awards that contain market conditions, we estimate the fair value using a Monte Carlo simulation model. We record expense for awards that contain performance conditions only to the extent that we determine it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. Expense for awards containing market conditions is not reversed even if the market condition is not achieved. We have elected to treat stock-based payment awards with graded vesting schedules and time-based service conditions as a single award and recognize stock-based compensation on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. Awards with performance or market conditions are recognized using graded vesting.

Options. The Black-Scholes option pricing model and the Monte Carlo simulation model requires us to make certain assumptions including the fair value of our underlying common stock, the expected term, the expected stock price volatility, the risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. These assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the Monte Carlo simulation model, other than the fair value of our common stock (see the section titled “—Common Stock Valuations” below), are estimated as follows:

•Expected term. The expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. The expected term of options granted is estimated based upon actual historical exercise and post-vesting cancellations, adjusted for expected future exercise behavior.

•Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates on the U.S. government securities appropriate for the expected term of our stock options.

•Expected volatility. Because our common stock has limited publicly traded history, we estimate the expected volatility from the historical volatility of selected public companies with comparable characteristics to us, including similarity in size, lines of business, market capitalization and revenue and financial leverage. We determine the expected volatility assumption using the frequency of daily historical prices of comparable public company’s common stock for a period equal to the expected term of the options. We periodically assess the comparable companies and other relevant factors used to measure expected volatility for future stock option grants.

•Expected dividend yield. The dividend yield assumption is based on our history and expectation of dividend payouts. Other than the special dividends paid in 2015, 2017 and 2018 which resulted in corresponding reductions in the exercise price of the stock options, we have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures are estimated based on our historical experience and future expectations.

If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model change significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

66

The determination of stock-based compensation is inherently uncertain and subjective and involves the application of valuation models and assumptions requiring the use of judgment. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, and our net (loss) income for 2021, 2020 and 2019, may have been materially different.

The weighted-average assumptions that were used to calculate the grant-date fair-value of our stock option grants were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
Expected term (years)5.45.25.1
Risk-free interest rate1.0%1.1%1.5%
Expected volatility46%45%44%
Expected dividend yield

In 2021, we granted 970,970 stock options at a weighted-average grant-date fair value of $11.78. We have options that vest upon the satisfaction of service-based vesting conditions, which is typically over a four-year period. For these options we recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of 4 years net of forfeitures. We previously had various performance options that vested upon our IPO. These performance options will continue to vest over their remaining service period.

Restricted stock units. We have granted restricted stock awards as follows:

RSUs that vest upon the satisfaction of service-based vesting conditions, which is typically over a four-year period. For these RSUs we recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of 4 years.

Common stock valuations. Prior to our IPO, we determined the fair value of our common stock using valuation approaches in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Subsequent to our IPO, we utilized our common stock values as traded in the public market as an input into our valuation models.

Option modifications in connection with our IPO. For retention purposes, in connection with our IPO, we amended the vesting conditions of 4,477,218 outstanding performance options of certain executive officers and employees so that the performance options would not fully vest immediately upon an IPO. Instead, subject to and contingent upon the effective date of an IPO, the modified performance options for executive officers will vest monthly over a four-year period from their original vesting commencement dates and the modified performance options of certain employees will vest 25% on the first anniversary from the vesting commencement date, and then vest monthly over the remaining service period, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting dates. As the modified awards contain a performance condition that is satisfied upon an IPO, we remeasured the fair value of the performance options on the date of modification. This new fair value of approximately $76.6 million was recognized as stock-based compensation expense using the graded vesting method, with an immediate stock-based compensation expense recognized on the effective date of our IPO for the modified performance options for which the service vesting condition was satisfied through the effective date of the IPO, and all remaining compensation will be recognized thereafter over the remaining service period. No compensation expense was recognized for these modified performance options until our IPO was declared effective.

In addition, in connection with our IPO, we amended the vesting conditions of 3,627,936 outstanding performance options of an executive officer so that in the event of an IPO the modified 2019 performance option would vest monthly over a four-year period from the vesting commencement date in 2019, subject to continued employment of the executive officer, rather than vesting upon the fourth anniversary of the original date of grant based on achieving certain stock price thresholds. Incremental stock-based compensation expense as a result of the modification was approximately $11.4 million and was measured using a Monte Carlo simulation immediately prior to the modification date and a Black-Scholes option pricing model immediately after the modification date. Upon IPO, we recognized stock-based compensation expense for the modified 2019 performance option for which the service vesting condition was satisfied through the effective date of the IPO and all remaining compensation will be recognized thereafter over the remaining service period using the graded vesting method.

In addition, we modified the vesting conditions of 111,902 outstanding performance RSUs of certain employees so that the modified performance RSUs do not vest immediately upon an IPO. Instead, subject to and contingent upon the effective date of an IPO, the modified performance RSUs will vest 25% on the first anniversary from the original vesting commencement dates, then vest monthly over the remaining service period, subject to the continued employment through the applicable vesting dates. As the modified RSUs contain a performance condition that is

67

satisfied upon an IPO, we remeasured the fair value of the performance RSUs on the date of modification. This new fair value of approximately $2.9 million will be recognized as stock-based compensation expense using the graded vesting method, with an immediate stock-based compensation expense recognized on the effective date of our IPO for the performance RSUs for which the service vesting condition was satisfied through the effective date of the IPO, and all remaining compensation will be recognized thereafter over the remaining service period. No compensation expense was recognized for these modified performance RSUs until our IPO is declared effective.

In addition, we modified the vesting conditions of 1,725,942 outstanding liquidity event RSUs, or LERSUs, and 1,706,888 outstanding time-based options of certain executive officers to amend the severance vesting acceleration benefit applicable for the LERSUs and remove the change in control vesting acceleration benefit for the time-based options. There was no incremental stock-based compensation associated with the modification of the time-based options. We remeasured the fair value of the LERSUs on the date of modification and this new fair value of approximately $43.3 million will be recognized using the graded vesting method, with an immediate stock-based compensation expense recognized on the effective date of our IPO for the modified LERSUs that have satisfied the service-vesting condition through the effective date, and all remaining compensation will be recognized thereafter over the remaining service period. No compensation expense was recognized for these modified LERSUs until our IPO is declared effective.

The fair value of the modified performance options, 2019 performance option, performance RSUs and LERSUs were remeasured using the fair value of our common stock, as approved by the Pricing Committee of our board of directors, which was $25.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth for the IPO.

IPO Grants. In June 2021, we granted RSUs to our executive officers that were contingent on the effectiveness of a registration statement, or IPO RSU Grants. The IPO RSU Grants had a grant-date fair value of approximately $10.9 million and the number of shares underlying the IPO RSU Grants was based on the IPO price to the public. In addition, we granted options to purchase shares of common stock, or IPO Options, with an exercise price that was equal to the IPO price to the public for the number of shares equal to 2.5 times the number of shares subject to the IPO RSU. Because the number of shares and exercise price of the IPO Options was based on the IPO price, the grant date for accounting purposes was not established until the effective date of our IPO. As the IPO is a performance condition, no stock-based compensation expense was recognized until our IPO was declared effective and then stock-based compensation was recognized over a weighted-average requisite service period of approximately 4.0 years. The actual amount of stock-based compensation cost for the IPO options was dependent upon the IPO price to the public.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same requirements to adopt new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. To the extent that we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company we will be required to adopt certain accounting pronouncements earlier than the adoption dates disclosed below which are for non-public business entities.

In addition, we intend to rely on the other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if as an “emerging growth company” we intend to rely on such exemptions, we are not required to, among other things, (1) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, (2) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (3) the requirement of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the financial statements and (4) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply until the last day of the 2026 fiscal year or until we no longer meet the requirements of being an emerging growth company, whichever is earlier.